1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "gdb_regex.h"
65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66 #include "continuations.h"
70 #include "dummy-frame.h"
74 /* readline include files */
75 #include "readline/readline.h"
76 #include "readline/history.h"
78 /* readline defines this. */
81 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
82 #include "extension.h"
84 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
85 enum exception_event_kind
92 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
94 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
96 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
98 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
100 static void disable_command (char *, int);
102 static void enable_command (char *, int);
104 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
108 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
110 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
112 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
114 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
115 struct linespec_result
*,
119 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
120 struct linespec_result
*,
121 char *, char *, enum bptype
,
122 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
124 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
125 int, int, int, unsigned);
127 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*, char **,
128 struct symtabs_and_lines
*);
130 static void clear_command (char *, int);
132 static void catch_command (char *, int);
134 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
136 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
138 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
140 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
142 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
143 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
144 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
146 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
148 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
149 struct symtab_and_line
,
151 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
153 static struct breakpoint
*
154 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
156 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
);
158 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
160 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
164 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
165 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
166 struct obj_section
*, int);
168 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
,
170 struct address_space
*aspace2
,
173 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
174 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
176 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
177 struct address_space
*aspace
,
180 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
182 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
184 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
185 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
187 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
189 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
191 static void commands_command (char *, int);
193 static void condition_command (char *, int);
202 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
203 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
205 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
207 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
209 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
211 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
213 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
215 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
217 int *other_type_used
);
219 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
221 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
223 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
226 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
228 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
230 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
232 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
234 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
236 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*,
239 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
240 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
241 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
243 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
245 static void update_global_location_list (int);
247 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
249 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
251 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
253 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
255 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
257 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
259 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
261 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
263 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
265 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
267 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
269 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
271 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
274 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
276 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
278 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
;
280 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
281 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
282 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
283 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
285 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
286 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
288 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
289 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
291 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
292 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
294 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
296 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
298 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
299 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
301 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
302 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
304 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
305 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
306 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
307 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
308 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
309 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
311 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
312 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
313 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
314 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
320 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
322 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
323 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
324 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
325 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
327 static char *dprintf_function
= "";
329 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
330 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
331 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
332 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
333 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
334 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
335 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
337 static char *dprintf_channel
= "";
339 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
341 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
343 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
344 breakpoints share a single command list. */
345 struct counted_command_line
347 /* The reference count. */
350 /* The command list. */
351 struct command_line
*commands
;
354 struct command_line
*
355 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
357 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
360 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
361 current breakpoint. */
363 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
366 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
368 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
369 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
371 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
373 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
376 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
377 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
378 if such is available. */
379 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
382 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
383 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
386 fprintf_filtered (file
,
387 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
388 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
392 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
393 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
394 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
395 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
396 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
398 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
399 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
402 fprintf_filtered (file
,
403 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
404 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
408 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
409 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
410 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
411 use hardware breakpoints. */
412 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
414 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
415 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
418 fprintf_filtered (file
,
419 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
423 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
424 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
425 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
426 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
427 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
429 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
432 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
433 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
435 if (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
)
436 fprintf_filtered (file
,
437 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
438 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
440 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
442 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
447 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
449 return (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
450 || (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
&& non_stop
));
453 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
455 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
456 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
457 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
458 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
459 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
460 condition_evaluation_auto
,
461 condition_evaluation_host
,
462 condition_evaluation_target
,
466 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
467 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
469 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
470 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
471 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
473 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
474 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
475 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
479 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
481 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
483 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
484 return condition_evaluation_target
;
486 return condition_evaluation_host
;
492 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
495 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
497 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
500 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
504 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
506 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
508 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
511 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
513 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
514 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
516 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
517 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
519 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
520 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
522 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
523 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
524 current breakpoint. */
526 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
528 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
529 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
530 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
533 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
534 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
535 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
537 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
538 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
539 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
542 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
543 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
544 to where the loop should start from.
545 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
546 appropriate location to start with. */
548 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
549 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
550 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
552 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
553 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
556 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
558 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
559 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
560 if (is_tracepoint (B))
562 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
564 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
566 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
568 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
570 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
572 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
574 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
575 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
576 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
577 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
578 an address you need to read. */
580 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
582 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
583 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
584 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
585 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
586 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
588 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
590 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
591 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
593 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
595 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
597 static int breakpoint_count
;
599 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
600 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
601 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
602 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
603 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
605 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
607 static int tracepoint_count
;
609 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
610 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
611 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
613 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
615 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
617 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
620 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
623 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
625 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
626 breakpoint_count
= num
;
627 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
630 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
631 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
632 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
634 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
638 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
640 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
643 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
647 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
649 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
652 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
655 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
657 struct breakpoint
*b
;
663 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
664 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
666 static struct counted_command_line
*
667 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
669 struct counted_command_line
*result
670 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line
));
673 result
->commands
= commands
;
677 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
680 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
686 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
687 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
688 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
691 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
695 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
697 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
704 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
707 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
709 decref_counted_command_line (arg
);
712 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
715 static struct cleanup
*
716 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
718 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
722 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
723 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
726 get_breakpoint (int num
)
728 struct breakpoint
*b
;
731 if (b
->number
== num
)
739 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
740 evaluating conditions on its side. */
743 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
745 struct bp_location
*loc
;
747 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
748 evaluating conditions and if the user has
749 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
751 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
752 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
755 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
758 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
759 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
762 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
763 evaluating conditions on its side. */
766 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
768 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
769 evaluating conditions and if the user has
770 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
772 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
773 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
777 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
780 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
783 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
784 condition_evaluation_mode. */
787 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args
, int from_tty
,
788 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
790 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
792 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
793 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
795 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
796 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
797 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
801 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
802 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
804 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
805 settings was "auto". */
806 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
808 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
809 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
811 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
812 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
813 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
815 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
816 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
819 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
821 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
823 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
824 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
828 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
829 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
830 target knows about. */
831 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
832 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
833 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
837 update_global_location_list (1);
843 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
844 what "auto" is translating to. */
847 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
848 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
850 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
851 fprintf_filtered (file
,
852 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
853 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
855 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
857 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
861 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
862 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
863 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
866 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
868 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
869 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
871 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
874 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
877 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
878 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
879 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
882 static struct bp_location
**
883 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
885 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
886 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
887 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
889 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
890 memset (&dummy_loc
, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location
));
891 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
893 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
894 locp_found
= bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_location
, bp_location_count
,
895 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
896 bp_location_compare_addrs
);
898 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
899 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
902 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
903 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
904 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_location
905 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
912 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *exp
,
915 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
916 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
918 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
920 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
927 struct bp_location
*loc
;
929 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
934 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
935 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
936 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
943 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
947 const char *arg
= exp
;
949 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
950 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
951 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
952 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
954 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
956 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
958 innermost_block
= NULL
;
960 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
962 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
963 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
967 struct bp_location
*loc
;
969 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
973 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
974 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
976 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
980 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
982 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
985 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
987 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
988 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
989 const char *text
, const char *word
)
993 text
= skip_spaces_const (text
);
994 space
= skip_to_space_const (text
);
998 struct breakpoint
*b
;
999 VEC (char_ptr
) *result
= NULL
;
1003 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1004 if (isdigit (text
[1]))
1006 return complete_internalvar (&text
[1]);
1009 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1010 len
= strlen (text
);
1016 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
1018 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
1019 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr
, result
, xstrdup (number
));
1025 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1026 text
= skip_spaces_const (space
);
1027 return expression_completer (cmd
, text
, word
);
1030 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1033 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1035 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1040 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1043 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1045 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1048 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
1050 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1051 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1052 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1053 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
1054 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
1056 if (extlang
!= NULL
)
1058 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1059 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1060 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
1062 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
1064 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1065 update_global_location_list (1);
1070 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1073 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1074 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1075 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1078 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1080 struct command_line
*c
;
1082 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1086 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1087 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1088 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1090 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1091 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1093 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1094 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1095 command directly. */
1096 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1097 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1099 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1100 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1104 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1107 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type
)
1109 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1110 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1111 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1115 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1117 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1120 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1121 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1125 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1126 struct command_line
*commands
)
1128 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1130 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1131 struct command_line
*c
;
1132 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1134 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1135 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1139 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1140 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1141 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1142 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1143 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1144 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1145 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1146 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1147 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1148 tracepoint's context. */
1149 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1151 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1153 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1154 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1155 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1156 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1157 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1158 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1161 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1162 "can be used only once"));
1167 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1171 struct command_line
*c2
;
1173 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1174 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1175 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1177 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1178 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1184 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1188 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1189 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1192 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1194 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1195 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1196 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1199 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1201 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1202 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1203 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1209 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1210 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1213 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1214 struct command_line
*commands
)
1216 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
);
1218 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1219 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
);
1220 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1223 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1224 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1228 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1230 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1233 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1234 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1237 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1238 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1241 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1243 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1246 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1247 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1250 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1251 breakpoint work for any task. */
1254 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1256 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1259 if (old_task
!= task
)
1260 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1264 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1266 struct breakpoint
*b
= closure
;
1268 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1271 /* A structure used to pass information through
1272 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1274 struct commands_info
1276 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1279 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1282 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1283 already-parsed command. */
1284 struct command_line
*control
;
1286 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1288 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
1291 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1292 commands_command. */
1295 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
1297 struct commands_info
*info
= data
;
1299 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
1301 struct command_line
*l
;
1303 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
1304 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
1307 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1310 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1311 "%s, one per line."),
1314 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
1316 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
1319 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1322 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1325 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
);
1328 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1330 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
1332 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
1333 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
1334 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1335 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
1336 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1341 commands_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1342 struct command_line
*control
)
1344 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
1345 struct commands_info info
;
1347 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
1348 info
.control
= control
;
1350 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1351 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1352 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
1354 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1356 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1357 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1359 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1360 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1363 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1364 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1365 numbers will fail in this case. */
1370 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1372 arg
= xstrdup (arg
);
1375 make_cleanup (xfree
, arg
);
1379 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1381 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1382 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1384 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1388 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1390 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1393 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1394 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1396 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1397 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1398 enum command_control_type
1399 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1401 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1402 return simple_control
;
1405 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1408 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1410 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1414 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1415 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1420 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1421 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1423 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1424 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1425 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1427 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1428 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1429 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1430 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1431 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1432 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1433 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1434 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1436 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1439 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1440 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1441 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1443 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1445 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1447 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1448 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1449 report higher one. */
1452 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1453 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1455 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1457 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1458 bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1460 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1461 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1462 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1463 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1465 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1466 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1467 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1469 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1471 && (bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1478 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1479 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1480 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1481 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1482 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1485 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1487 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1488 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1489 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1492 && bp_location
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_location
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1495 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1497 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1499 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1500 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1504 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1505 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1506 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1509 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1512 if (bl
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1513 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1514 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1517 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1519 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
, 0,
1520 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1523 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1525 bp_addr
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1526 bp_size
= bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
1528 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1529 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1533 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1534 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1538 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1539 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1541 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1542 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1543 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1547 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1549 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1550 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1553 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1555 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with
1556 the shadow_contents buffer. */
1557 gdb_assert (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1558 || readbuf
>= (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
1559 + bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
));
1561 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1563 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1564 bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1568 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= bl
->gdbarch
;
1569 const unsigned char *bp
;
1570 CORE_ADDR placed_address
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1571 int placed_size
= bl
->target_info
.placed_size
;
1573 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1574 memcpy (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1575 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1577 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1579 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &placed_address
, &placed_size
);
1581 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1582 breakpoint's INSN. */
1583 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1589 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1593 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1595 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1596 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1597 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1600 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1603 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1605 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1606 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1607 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1610 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1614 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1616 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1617 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1620 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1621 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1622 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1623 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1624 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1625 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1626 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1627 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1630 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1632 return (b
->base
.pspace
== current_program_space
1633 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1634 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1635 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1638 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1639 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1642 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1644 struct breakpoint
*b
= &w
->base
;
1646 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1648 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1649 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1650 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1651 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1652 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1654 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1657 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1658 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1659 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1660 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1662 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1664 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1665 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1668 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1669 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1670 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1671 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1672 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1673 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1674 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1675 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1677 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1678 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1679 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1680 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1681 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1682 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1683 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1684 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1687 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1688 hardware watchpoints:
1690 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1691 called several times when GDB stops.
1694 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1695 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1696 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1697 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1698 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1699 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1700 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1701 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1702 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1703 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1704 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1706 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1707 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1710 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1712 int within_current_scope
;
1713 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1716 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1717 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1718 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1719 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1722 if (b
->base
.disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1727 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1728 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1729 within_current_scope
= 1;
1732 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1733 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1734 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1736 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1737 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1738 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1739 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1742 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1743 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1744 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1745 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1748 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1750 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1751 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1752 if (within_current_scope
)
1756 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1757 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1758 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1761 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1770 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1771 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1772 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1773 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1774 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1775 be completely different objects. */
1776 value_free (b
->val
);
1780 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1781 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1782 locations (re)created below. */
1783 if (b
->base
.cond_string
!= NULL
)
1785 if (b
->cond_exp
!= NULL
)
1787 xfree (b
->cond_exp
);
1791 s
= b
->base
.cond_string
;
1792 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1796 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1797 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1798 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1799 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1800 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1801 if (!target_has_execution
)
1803 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1804 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1805 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1806 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1808 if (b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
1809 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1811 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1812 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1815 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1818 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1819 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1821 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
, 0);
1823 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1824 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1825 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1826 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1827 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1829 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
1835 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1837 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1838 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1840 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1841 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1842 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1843 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1844 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1845 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1846 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1848 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1850 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1851 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1852 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1854 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1855 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1859 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1861 addr
= value_address (v
);
1863 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1865 else if (b
->base
.type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1868 loc
= allocate_bp_location (&b
->base
);
1869 for (tmp
= &(b
->base
.loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1872 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1874 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1875 loc
->address
= addr
;
1876 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1877 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1882 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1883 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1884 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1889 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
1890 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1892 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1896 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
1899 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1900 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1901 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
1903 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1904 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1905 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1906 this watchpoint in as well. */
1908 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1909 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1910 hardware watchpoint type. */
1911 type
= b
->base
.type
;
1912 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
1913 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1915 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1916 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1917 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1918 through watch_command), so always account for it
1921 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1922 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b
->base
, type
, &other_type_used
);
1924 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1925 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b
->base
);
1928 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
1929 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1931 int sw_mode
= b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
);
1933 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
1934 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1935 "hardware watchpoint."));
1936 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
1937 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1938 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1940 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1941 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1945 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1946 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1947 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1949 b
->base
.type
= type
;
1952 else if (!b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
1954 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1955 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1956 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1958 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1959 "read/access watchpoint."));
1962 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1964 loc_type
= (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
1965 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
1966 for (bl
= b
->base
.loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
1967 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
1970 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
1972 next
= value_next (v
);
1977 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1978 above left it without any location set up. But,
1979 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1980 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1981 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->base
.loc
== NULL
)
1983 struct breakpoint
*base
= &b
->base
;
1984 base
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (base
);
1985 base
->loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1986 base
->loc
->address
= -1;
1987 base
->loc
->length
= -1;
1988 base
->loc
->watchpoint_type
= -1;
1991 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1993 printf_filtered (_("\
1994 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1995 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1997 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
2000 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2002 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
2006 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2007 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2008 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2009 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2010 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2012 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2014 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2017 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2020 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2023 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2026 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2027 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2028 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2029 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2030 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2031 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2032 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2033 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2034 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2040 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2041 that the location is not duplicated. */
2044 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2047 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2050 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2051 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2055 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2056 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2057 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2058 any error during parsing. */
2060 static struct agent_expr
*
2061 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2063 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2064 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2069 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2070 that may show up. */
2071 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2073 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2078 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2079 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2080 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2084 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2088 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2089 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2090 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2091 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2092 one of them is true. */
2095 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2097 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2098 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2099 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2100 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2102 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2103 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
);
2105 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2106 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2107 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2109 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2110 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2113 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2114 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2115 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2116 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2117 response back to GDB. */
2118 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2121 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2125 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2127 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2128 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2129 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2130 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2131 aexpr
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
, loc
->cond
);
2132 loc
->cond_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2134 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2135 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2141 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2142 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2143 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2145 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2151 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2152 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2153 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2155 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2156 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2157 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2159 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2162 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2164 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2166 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2169 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2170 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
2175 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2176 for this location's address. */
2177 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2181 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2182 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2183 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2185 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2186 conditions to the target. */
2187 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
,
2188 loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2194 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2195 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2196 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2198 static struct agent_expr
*
2199 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2201 struct cleanup
*old_cleanups
= 0;
2202 struct expression
*expr
, **argvec
;
2203 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2204 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2205 const char *cmdrest
;
2206 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2207 struct format_piece
*fpieces
;
2209 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2216 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2218 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2220 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2221 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2223 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2225 fpieces
= parse_format_string (&cmdrest
);
2227 old_cleanups
= make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup
, &fpieces
);
2229 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2231 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2232 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2234 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2236 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2237 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2239 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2241 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2243 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2245 argvec
= (struct expression
**) alloca (strlen (cmd
)
2246 * sizeof (struct expression
*));
2249 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2254 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2255 argvec
[nargs
++] = expr
;
2257 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2261 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2262 that may show up. */
2263 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2265 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2266 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2267 fpieces
, nargs
, argvec
);
2270 do_cleanups (old_cleanups
);
2274 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2275 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2276 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2280 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2284 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2285 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2286 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2289 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2291 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2292 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2293 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2294 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2296 /* Release commands left over from a previous insert. */
2297 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
);
2299 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2300 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
2301 || strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) != 0)
2304 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2307 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2308 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2309 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2310 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2311 response back to GDB. */
2312 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2315 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2319 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2321 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2322 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2323 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2324 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2325 aexpr
= parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2326 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2327 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2333 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2334 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2335 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2337 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2343 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2345 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2347 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2350 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2351 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2353 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2355 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2358 free_agent_expr (loc
->cmd_bytecode
);
2359 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= NULL
;
2364 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2365 for this location's address. */
2366 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2369 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2370 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2371 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2372 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2374 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2375 to send the commands to the target. */
2376 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
,
2380 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2381 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2382 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2383 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2386 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2387 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2388 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2389 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2392 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2393 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2395 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2396 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2397 int *disabled_breaks
,
2398 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2399 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2401 enum errors bp_err
= GDB_NO_ERROR
;
2402 const char *bp_err_message
= NULL
;
2403 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
2405 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2408 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2409 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2410 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2411 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2412 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2413 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2414 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2415 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2416 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2417 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= bl
->address
;
2418 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2419 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2421 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2422 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2423 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2424 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2426 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2428 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2429 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2430 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2431 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2434 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2435 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2437 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2439 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2440 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2441 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2443 Two important cases are:
2444 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2445 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2446 hardware breakpoint.
2447 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2448 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2449 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2452 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2453 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2454 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2455 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2457 struct mem_region
*mr
2458 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.placed_address
);
2462 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2464 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2466 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2467 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2469 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2471 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2473 static int said
= 0;
2475 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2478 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2479 _("Note: automatically using "
2480 "hardware breakpoints for "
2481 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2486 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2487 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2488 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2489 "at readonly address %s"),
2490 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2494 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2495 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2496 || bl
->section
== NULL
2497 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2499 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2500 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2504 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2506 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2511 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2516 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2517 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2518 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2520 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2521 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2522 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2523 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2524 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2528 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2530 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2531 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2532 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2534 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2535 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2539 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2540 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2542 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2547 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2550 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2551 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2552 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2553 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2557 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2558 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2560 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2561 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2565 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2567 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2572 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2577 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2578 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2583 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2585 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2587 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2588 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2589 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2590 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2591 breakpoint insertion themselves (necessary if this is a
2592 HW breakpoint, but SW breakpoints likewise) can't tell
2593 why the breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote
2594 target doesn't define error codes), so we must treat
2595 generic errors as memory errors. */
2596 if ((bp_err
== GENERIC_ERROR
|| bp_err
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2597 && solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
2599 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2600 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2601 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
2602 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2604 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2605 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2607 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2608 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2609 "library breakpoints:\n");
2611 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2612 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2613 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2618 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2620 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2621 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_err_message
!= NULL
;
2622 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2623 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2624 bl
->owner
->number
, bp_err_message
? ":" : ".\n");
2625 if (bp_err_message
!= NULL
)
2626 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n", bp_err_message
);
2630 if (bp_err_message
== NULL
)
2633 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2634 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2635 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
2637 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2638 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2640 bl
->owner
->number
, message
);
2641 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2645 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2646 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2661 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2662 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2663 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2664 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2668 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2669 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2671 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2673 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2674 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2675 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2677 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2679 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2680 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2682 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2684 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2685 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2689 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2690 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2697 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2698 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2701 /* Back to the original value. */
2702 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2706 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2709 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2713 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2714 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2716 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2719 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2723 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2724 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2726 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2729 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2731 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2732 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2733 so just return success. */
2740 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2741 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2745 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2747 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2748 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2750 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2751 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2753 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2754 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2757 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2758 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2759 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2761 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2763 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2765 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2766 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2767 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2769 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2770 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2772 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2778 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2779 removed locations above. */
2780 update_global_location_list (0);
2783 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2784 Throws exception on any error.
2785 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2786 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2788 insert_breakpoints (void)
2790 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2792 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2793 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2795 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2797 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2800 update_global_location_list (1);
2802 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2803 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2805 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2806 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2809 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2812 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
2814 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
2816 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
2818 callback (loc
, NULL
);
2822 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2823 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2824 always-inserted mode. */
2827 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2829 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2832 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2833 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2834 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
2836 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2837 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2839 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2840 there was an error. */
2841 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
2843 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2845 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2847 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2849 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2852 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2853 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2854 deletion of breakpoints. */
2855 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2858 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2860 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2861 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2862 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2863 insert breakpoints. */
2864 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2865 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2868 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2869 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
2876 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2877 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2880 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
2883 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2886 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2888 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2889 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2892 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2893 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2894 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
2896 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2897 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2899 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2900 there was an error. */
2901 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
2903 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2905 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2907 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2910 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2911 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2912 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2913 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
2914 && !valid_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
2917 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2919 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2920 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2921 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2922 insert breakpoints. */
2923 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2924 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2927 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2928 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
2933 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2934 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2935 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2937 int some_failed
= 0;
2938 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2940 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2943 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
2946 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2949 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2950 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
2957 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2959 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
2961 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2962 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2963 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2971 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2972 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2973 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2975 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2976 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2977 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2979 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2980 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2983 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
2986 /* Used when the program stops.
2987 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2988 removing a breakpoint location. */
2991 remove_breakpoints (void)
2993 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2996 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2998 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
2999 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
3004 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3008 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3010 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3012 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3014 if (b
->thread
== tp
->num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3016 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3018 printf_filtered (_("\
3019 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %d no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3020 b
->number
, tp
->num
);
3022 /* Hide it from the user. */
3028 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3031 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
3033 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3035 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3037 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3039 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3042 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
3047 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
3056 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
3058 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3059 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3061 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
;
3062 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0, dummy3
= 0;
3063 struct inferior
*inf
;
3064 struct thread_info
*tp
;
3066 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
3070 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3071 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3073 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
3075 tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3076 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3078 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3080 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3086 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
, &dummy3
);
3089 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3094 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3098 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3100 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3101 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3102 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3103 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3104 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3105 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3107 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3110 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3113 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3114 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3118 static struct breakpoint
*
3119 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3120 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3121 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3123 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
3124 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3126 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3129 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3130 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3132 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3133 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3134 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3139 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3141 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3143 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3145 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3146 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3148 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3149 struct minimal_symbol
*overlay_msym
;
3151 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3152 struct minimal_symbol
*longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3154 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3155 int longjmp_searched
;
3157 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3158 VEC (probe_p
) *longjmp_probes
;
3160 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3161 struct minimal_symbol
*terminate_msym
;
3163 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3164 struct minimal_symbol
*exception_msym
;
3166 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3167 int exception_searched
;
3169 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3170 VEC (probe_p
) *exception_probes
;
3173 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3175 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3176 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3178 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3181 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3183 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3186 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3187 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3189 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3190 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3192 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3194 bp_objfile_data
= objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
);
3195 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3197 bp_objfile_data
= obstack_alloc (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
,
3198 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3200 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3201 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3203 return bp_objfile_data
;
3207 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3209 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
= data
;
3211 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
);
3212 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
);
3216 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3218 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3219 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3221 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3223 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3224 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3227 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3229 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
))
3232 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
== NULL
)
3234 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3236 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3239 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3240 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3243 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3246 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3247 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3249 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3250 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3252 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3254 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3255 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3259 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3260 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3263 update_global_location_list (1);
3267 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3269 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3270 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3272 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3274 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3276 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3278 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3280 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3283 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3284 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3286 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3288 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3290 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3294 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3297 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3298 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3300 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3302 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3303 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3304 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3308 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3309 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3312 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
!= NULL
)
3315 struct probe
*probe
;
3316 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3319 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3320 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
,
3324 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3326 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, probe
->address
,
3328 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3329 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3330 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3336 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3339 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3341 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3342 const char *func_name
;
3345 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]))
3348 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3349 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] == NULL
)
3351 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3353 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3356 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3357 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = &msym_not_found
;
3360 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3363 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3364 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3365 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3366 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3367 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3371 update_global_location_list (1);
3373 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3376 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3378 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3380 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3381 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3382 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3384 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3386 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3388 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3391 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3393 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3395 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3396 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3398 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3400 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
))
3403 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
== NULL
)
3405 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3407 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3408 if (m
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_text
3409 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_file_text
))
3411 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3412 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3415 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3418 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3419 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3420 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3421 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3422 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3423 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3427 update_global_location_list (1);
3429 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3432 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3435 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3437 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3438 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3440 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3442 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3443 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3444 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3447 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3449 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3450 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3454 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3458 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3459 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3461 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3463 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3464 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3465 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3469 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3470 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3473 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
!= NULL
)
3475 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3477 struct probe
*probe
;
3480 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3481 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
,
3485 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3487 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, probe
->address
,
3488 bp_exception_master
,
3489 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3490 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3491 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3497 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3499 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
))
3502 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3504 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
== NULL
)
3506 struct minimal_symbol
*debug_hook
;
3508 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3509 if (debug_hook
== NULL
)
3511 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3515 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3518 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3519 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3521 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3522 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3523 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3524 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3527 update_global_location_list (1);
3531 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3533 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3534 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3536 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3537 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3538 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3539 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3540 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3541 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3542 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3543 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3544 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3545 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3546 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3548 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3550 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3553 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3554 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3556 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3560 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3561 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3563 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3567 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3568 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3569 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3570 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3571 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3573 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3577 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3578 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3580 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3584 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3586 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3587 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3588 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3590 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3594 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3596 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3597 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3598 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3599 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3603 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3604 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3605 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3606 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3607 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3608 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3610 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3611 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3612 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3613 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3614 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3615 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3616 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3618 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3619 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3620 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3621 let finish_command delete it.
3623 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3624 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3625 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3626 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3627 solib breakpoints.) */
3629 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3634 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3635 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3637 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
3639 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3643 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3644 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3645 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3646 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3647 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3651 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3653 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3655 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3656 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3658 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid
) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
))
3659 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3661 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3662 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3663 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3665 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3668 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3669 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3670 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3671 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3672 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3673 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3674 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3678 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, mark_inserted
);
3681 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3682 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3684 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3688 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3689 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3690 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3691 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3692 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3695 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3699 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3700 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3702 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3703 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3706 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3707 This should not ever happen. */
3708 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3710 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3711 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3713 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3714 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3715 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3717 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3718 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3719 || bl
->section
== NULL
3720 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3722 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3723 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3727 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3728 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3729 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3731 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3732 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3734 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3735 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3736 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3737 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3738 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3740 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3741 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3743 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3744 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3747 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3748 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3749 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3750 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3752 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3753 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3754 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3755 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3756 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3757 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3763 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3768 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3769 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3770 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3771 if (val
&& solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
3776 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3778 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
3780 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3781 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3783 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3784 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3786 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3787 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (bl
->inserted
))
3788 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3791 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
3792 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3795 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3796 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3798 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3802 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3809 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3812 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3814 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3815 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3817 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3818 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3821 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3822 This should not ever happen. */
3823 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3825 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
3827 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3829 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, is
);
3831 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3835 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3838 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3840 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3842 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3843 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3847 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3848 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3850 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3853 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3854 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3855 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3860 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
3862 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3863 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3865 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
3867 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3869 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3872 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3874 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3875 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
3876 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
3880 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3882 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
3888 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
3890 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3891 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3894 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3896 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3898 case bp_shlib_event
:
3900 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3901 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3902 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3903 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3904 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3906 (gdb) file prog-linux
3907 (gdb) run # native linux target
3910 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3911 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3914 case bp_step_resume
:
3916 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3918 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3922 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3923 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3924 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3926 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
3928 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3929 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
3930 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3931 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
3933 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3934 insert_breakpoints. */
3936 value_free (w
->val
);
3947 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3948 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
3949 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
3950 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
3953 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3954 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3955 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3956 match, not program space. */
3958 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3959 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3960 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3961 permanent breakpoint.
3962 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3963 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3964 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3965 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3966 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3968 enum breakpoint_here
3969 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3971 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3972 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
3974 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3976 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3977 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3980 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3981 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3982 || bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3983 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3985 if (overlay_debugging
3986 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3987 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3988 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3989 else if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3990 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
3992 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
3996 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
3999 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4002 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4004 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4007 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
4008 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4014 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
4015 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
4016 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
4017 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
4020 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4023 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4025 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4027 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4028 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4032 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4034 if (overlay_debugging
4035 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4036 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4037 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4045 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
4046 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4049 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4051 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
4054 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
4060 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4064 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4067 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4069 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4071 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4075 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4078 if (overlay_debugging
4079 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4080 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4081 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4087 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
4088 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
4095 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4096 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4098 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
4100 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
4102 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4104 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4105 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4108 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4111 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4112 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4116 /* Check for intersection. */
4117 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
4118 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4126 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
4127 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
4130 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
4133 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4134 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4138 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4140 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4141 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4144 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4145 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4146 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4149 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4152 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1)
4154 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4155 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4156 it is now time to do so. */
4158 thread
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
4159 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= thread
)
4163 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= 0)
4165 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4166 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4167 it is now time to do so. */
4169 task
= ada_get_task_number (ptid
);
4170 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= task
)
4174 if (overlay_debugging
4175 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4176 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4177 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4186 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4190 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4192 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4195 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4199 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
4201 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4202 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4203 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4204 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
4208 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4209 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4212 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4229 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4230 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4233 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4237 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4242 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4244 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
4245 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
4246 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
4247 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
4248 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4250 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
4251 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
4255 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4265 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4268 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4273 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4275 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4281 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4284 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4286 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4288 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4290 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4292 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4297 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4306 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4307 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4308 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4309 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4311 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4312 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4314 Return 1 otherwise. */
4317 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4319 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4322 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4324 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4325 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4326 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4327 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4328 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4330 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4332 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4336 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4339 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4341 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4344 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4347 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4351 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4353 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4355 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4357 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4363 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4366 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4368 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4370 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4372 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4373 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4374 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4375 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4376 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4380 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4383 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4386 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
4388 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
4391 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4392 or its equivalent. */
4395 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4397 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0
4398 || (xdb_commands
&& strcmp ("Q", cmd
->line
) == 0));
4401 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4402 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4403 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4404 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4406 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4407 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4408 bpstat of the current thread. */
4411 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4414 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4417 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4419 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4422 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
4423 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
4425 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4427 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4430 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4431 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4433 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
4434 struct command_line
*cmd
;
4435 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
4437 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4439 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4440 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4441 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4442 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4443 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4444 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4445 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4446 the tree when we're done. */
4447 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4448 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4449 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
4450 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
4451 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4453 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4459 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4461 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4467 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4468 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
4470 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4472 if (target_can_async_p ())
4473 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4474 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4475 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4478 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4479 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4480 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4481 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4482 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4483 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4484 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4485 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4486 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4487 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4488 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4489 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4490 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4495 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4500 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4502 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4504 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4505 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4506 && target_has_execution
4507 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4508 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4509 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4510 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4511 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4512 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4513 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4516 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4519 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4522 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4525 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4528 struct value_print_options opts
;
4529 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4530 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4534 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4535 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4536 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4537 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4540 static enum print_stop_action
4541 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4543 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4546 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4547 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4551 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4552 relevant messages. */
4553 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4556 case print_it_normal
:
4558 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4560 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4561 which has since been deleted. */
4563 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4565 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4566 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4571 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4572 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4577 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4580 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4583 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
);
4585 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4589 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4590 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4591 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4593 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4594 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4595 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4598 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
4599 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "reason",
4600 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4604 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4608 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4609 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4612 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
4617 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4618 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", name
);
4619 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4622 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4627 struct so_list
*iter
;
4629 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4631 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4632 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4635 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4640 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4641 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", iter
->so_name
);
4642 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4645 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4649 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4650 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4651 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4652 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4653 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4654 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4655 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4658 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4659 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4660 code to print the location. An example is
4661 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4663 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4664 to also print the location part of the message.
4665 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4666 don't require a location appended to the end.
4667 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4668 further info to be printed. */
4670 enum print_stop_action
4671 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4675 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4676 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4677 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4678 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4679 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4681 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4682 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4683 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4684 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4688 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4689 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4690 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4691 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4693 print_solib_event (0);
4694 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4697 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4698 with and nothing was printed. */
4699 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4702 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4703 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4704 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4705 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4706 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4707 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4710 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
4712 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4713 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
4715 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4719 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4722 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4726 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
4728 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
4729 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
4730 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
4731 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
4732 incref_bp_location (bl
);
4733 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4734 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4736 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
4740 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4741 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4744 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4746 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4748 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4750 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4752 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4753 as not triggered. */
4755 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4757 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4759 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4765 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
4767 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4768 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4770 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4772 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4774 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4780 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4781 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4785 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4787 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4788 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4790 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4791 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4793 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4795 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4796 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4798 if (newaddr
== start
)
4800 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4804 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4805 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
4809 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4818 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4819 because of check_errors). */
4820 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4821 #define WP_DELETED 1
4822 /* The value has changed. */
4823 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4824 /* The value has not changed. */
4825 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4826 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4829 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4830 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4832 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4835 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4836 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4839 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
4841 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
4842 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4843 struct frame_info
*fr
;
4844 int within_current_scope
;
4846 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4847 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
4848 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4850 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4851 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4852 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4853 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
4856 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4857 within_current_scope
= 1;
4860 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
4861 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4862 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
4864 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4865 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4866 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4867 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4868 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4869 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4870 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4871 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4872 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4873 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
4876 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
4877 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
4879 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4880 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4881 if (within_current_scope
)
4883 struct symbol
*function
;
4885 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
4886 if (function
== NULL
4887 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
4888 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
4889 within_current_scope
= 0;
4892 if (within_current_scope
)
4893 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4894 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4899 if (within_current_scope
)
4901 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4902 time before we return to the command level and call
4903 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4904 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4908 struct value
*new_val
;
4910 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
4911 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4912 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4913 a mask watchpoint. */
4914 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4916 mark
= value_mark ();
4917 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
4919 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4920 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4921 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4922 not what we want. */
4923 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
4924 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
4926 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
4928 release_value (new_val
);
4929 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4931 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
4934 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4938 /* Nothing changed. */
4939 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4940 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
4945 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
4947 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4948 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4949 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4950 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4951 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4952 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4953 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4954 the first value assigned). */
4955 /* We print all the stop information in
4956 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4957 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4958 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4960 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4962 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
4963 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
4964 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->base
.number
);
4966 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
4967 which its expression is valid.\n");
4969 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4970 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->base
.commands
);
4971 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
4977 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4978 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4979 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4982 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
4983 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
4984 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4986 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
4988 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4989 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4991 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
4994 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4995 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4998 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
5000 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5001 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5003 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5004 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5005 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5006 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5007 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5010 int must_check_value
= 0;
5012 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5013 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5015 must_check_value
= 1;
5016 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
5017 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5018 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5020 must_check_value
= 1;
5021 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
5022 && b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5023 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5024 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5025 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5026 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5027 must_check_value
= 1;
5029 if (must_check_value
)
5032 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
5034 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
5035 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
5037 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
5041 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5042 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5046 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5049 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5050 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5052 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5054 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5055 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5056 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5057 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5058 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5059 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5060 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5063 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5064 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5067 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5068 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5069 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5070 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5072 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5073 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5074 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5077 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5078 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5079 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5080 changes. This still gives false positives when
5081 the program writes the same value to memory as
5082 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5083 it for a read), but it's much better than
5086 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5088 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5090 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
5092 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
5093 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5094 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5096 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5097 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5099 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5100 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5102 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5108 if (other_write_watchpoint
5109 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5111 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5112 and the value changed since the last time we
5113 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5115 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5120 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5121 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5122 || b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5124 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5125 the value hasn't changed. */
5126 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5134 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5135 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->base
.number
);
5136 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5137 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5138 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5142 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5144 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5145 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5146 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5147 anything for this watchpoint. */
5148 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5154 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5155 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5156 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5157 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5160 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5162 int thread_id
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
5163 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5164 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5165 int value_is_zero
= 0;
5166 struct expression
*cond
;
5168 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5170 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5171 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5172 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5173 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5174 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5176 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5177 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5178 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5180 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5181 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5187 /* If this is a thread-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu evaluating the
5188 condition if this isn't the specified thread. */
5189 if (b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread_id
)
5195 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5197 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5199 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5201 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5208 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5210 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5211 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5213 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5214 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5215 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5216 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5218 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5220 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5221 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5225 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5226 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5227 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5228 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5229 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5231 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5232 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5235 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5237 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5238 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5239 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5240 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5241 really matter which instantiation of the function
5242 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5243 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5244 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5245 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5246 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5247 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5248 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5249 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5251 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5253 select_frame (frame
);
5255 within_current_scope
= 0;
5257 if (within_current_scope
)
5259 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
5260 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5264 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5265 "in the current scope"));
5266 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5267 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5270 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5271 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5274 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
5278 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5282 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5284 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5289 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5290 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5292 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5293 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5296 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5298 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5300 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5301 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5302 several reasons concurrently.)
5304 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5305 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5308 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
5309 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5310 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5312 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5313 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5314 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5315 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5316 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5317 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5320 int need_remove_insert
;
5323 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5324 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5325 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5326 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5327 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5328 inferior function calls. */
5332 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5335 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5337 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5338 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5339 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5340 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5341 checked all locations already. */
5342 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5345 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5348 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5351 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5354 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5357 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5358 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5359 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5363 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5364 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5365 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5367 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5369 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5371 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5376 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5378 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
5380 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
5381 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5384 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5388 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5389 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5390 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5392 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5394 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5396 handle_solib_event ();
5401 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5402 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5403 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5407 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5412 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5413 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5416 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5421 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5423 /* We will stop here. */
5424 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5426 --(b
->enable_count
);
5427 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0
5428 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5429 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5434 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5435 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
5436 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5437 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
5440 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5445 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5447 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5448 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5451 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5452 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5453 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5455 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5456 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5457 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5459 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5460 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5462 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5464 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5465 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5468 if (need_remove_insert
)
5469 update_global_location_list (1);
5470 else if (removed_any
)
5471 update_global_location_list (0);
5477 handle_jit_event (void)
5479 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5480 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5482 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5483 breakpoint_re_set. */
5484 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5486 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5487 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5489 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5491 target_terminal_inferior ();
5494 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5496 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5499 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5501 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5505 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5506 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5507 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5509 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5511 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5512 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5513 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5516 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5518 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5519 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5523 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5530 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5533 case bp_shlib_event
:
5537 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5539 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5542 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5545 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5546 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5547 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5551 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5553 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5557 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5558 This requires no further action. */
5562 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5564 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5565 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5567 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5568 case bp_exception_resume
:
5569 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5570 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5572 case bp_step_resume
:
5574 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5577 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5578 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5581 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5583 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5586 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5587 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5590 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5591 case bp_thread_event
:
5592 case bp_overlay_event
:
5593 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5594 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5595 case bp_exception_master
:
5596 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5602 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5604 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5608 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5609 This requires no further action. */
5614 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5617 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5618 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5619 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5620 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5622 case bp_std_terminate
:
5623 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5624 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5625 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5626 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5629 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5630 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5631 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5632 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5634 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5635 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5637 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5638 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5639 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5641 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5642 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5643 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5644 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5649 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5651 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5655 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5656 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5659 retval
.main_action
= max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5662 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5663 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5668 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5670 handle_jit_event ();
5673 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5675 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5681 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5682 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5684 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5685 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5693 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5694 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5695 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5698 bpstat_should_step (void)
5700 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5703 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5709 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5711 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5720 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5721 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5722 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5725 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5727 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5728 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5732 for (i
= 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout
, i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5734 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5736 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
5737 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
5738 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
5743 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5749 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5750 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5752 "host": Host evals condition.
5753 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5754 "target": Target evals condition.
5758 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5760 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5761 char host_evals
= 0;
5762 char target_evals
= 0;
5767 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5770 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5771 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5772 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5774 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5776 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5782 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
5783 return condition_evaluation_both
;
5784 else if (target_evals
)
5785 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5787 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5790 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5791 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5794 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5796 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
5799 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5800 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5801 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5803 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5804 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5806 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5809 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5812 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5813 struct bp_location
*loc
)
5815 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5816 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
5818 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5822 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
5824 if (b
->display_canonical
)
5825 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->addr_string
);
5826 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
5829 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
5832 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
5833 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
5834 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
5835 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
5836 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
5837 ui_out_text (uiout
, "at ");
5839 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
5840 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
));
5841 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
5843 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5844 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname",
5845 symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
5847 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", loc
->line_number
);
5851 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
5852 struct cleanup
*stb_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
5854 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
,
5856 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
5858 do_cleanups (stb_chain
);
5861 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
5863 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
5864 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5865 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
5867 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
5868 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
5869 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
5870 ui_out_text (uiout
, ")");
5873 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
5877 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
5879 struct ep_type_description
5884 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
5886 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
5887 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
5888 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
5889 {bp_until
, "until"},
5890 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
5891 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
5892 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
5893 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
5894 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
5895 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
5896 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
5897 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5898 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
5899 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
5900 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
5901 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
5902 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
5903 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
5904 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
5905 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
5906 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
5907 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
5908 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
5909 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
5910 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
5911 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
5912 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
5913 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
5914 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
5915 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
5916 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
5917 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5918 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5921 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
5922 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
5923 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5924 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5927 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
5930 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
5931 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
5934 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
5935 const char *field_name
,
5939 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
5940 int is_mi
= ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
);
5944 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
5945 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
5946 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
5949 back_to
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout
, field_name
);
5951 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num
, i
, inf
); ++i
)
5957 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf
);
5958 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, NULL
, mi_group
);
5963 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
5965 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
5967 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
));
5971 do_cleanups (back_to
);
5974 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5977 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5978 struct bp_location
*loc
,
5980 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
5983 struct command_line
*l
;
5984 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
5986 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5987 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
5988 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
5989 struct value_print_options opts
;
5991 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5993 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
5994 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5995 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
5998 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
5999 header_of_multiple
= 1;
6007 if (part_of_multiple
)
6010 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6011 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
6016 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6021 if (part_of_multiple
)
6022 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
6024 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6028 if (part_of_multiple
)
6029 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
6031 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6036 if (part_of_multiple
)
6037 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
6039 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
6040 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6041 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
6045 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
6047 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6048 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6049 make sure there's just one location. */
6050 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
6051 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6057 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6058 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6062 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6063 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6064 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6066 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6068 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6069 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6070 is relatively readable). */
6071 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6072 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6074 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", w
->exp_string
);
6079 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6083 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6084 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6086 case bp_exception_resume
:
6087 case bp_step_resume
:
6088 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6089 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6091 case bp_std_terminate
:
6092 case bp_shlib_event
:
6093 case bp_thread_event
:
6094 case bp_overlay_event
:
6095 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6096 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6097 case bp_exception_master
:
6099 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6100 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6103 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6104 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6105 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6108 if (header_of_multiple
)
6109 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6110 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6111 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6113 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
6114 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6117 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6118 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6125 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6127 struct inferior
*inf
;
6128 VEC(int) *inf_num
= NULL
;
6133 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6134 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num
, inf
->num
);
6137 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6138 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6140 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6141 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6142 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6143 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6144 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6145 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6147 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_num
, mi_only
);
6148 VEC_free (int, inf_num
);
6151 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6153 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6155 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6156 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6157 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
6158 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6160 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6162 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
6163 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
6167 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6169 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6170 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6172 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6175 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6176 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6178 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
6179 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6180 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6183 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6186 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6187 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
6189 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
6190 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
6192 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6193 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6194 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6195 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6196 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6198 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6199 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6200 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6201 ui_out_text (uiout
, " evals)");
6203 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6206 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6208 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6209 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
6210 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6211 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6214 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6218 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6219 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6220 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
6221 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6222 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttracepoint");
6224 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
6225 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
6226 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6227 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6228 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
6230 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
6234 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6235 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6236 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6240 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6243 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
6244 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6245 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6248 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6249 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6250 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6251 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6254 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tdisable after ");
6255 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6256 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6257 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6258 ui_out_text (uiout
, "additional ");
6260 ui_out_text (uiout
, "next ");
6261 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "enable", b
->enable_count
);
6262 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6265 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6267 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6269 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6271 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6272 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6273 ui_out_text (uiout
, " bytes\n");
6277 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
6278 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6280 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
6283 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
6284 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6285 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
6288 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6290 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6292 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6294 annotate_field (10);
6295 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
6296 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", t
->pass_count
);
6297 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6300 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6302 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6304 annotate_field (11);
6306 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6307 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "installed",
6308 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6312 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\t");
6314 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tnot ");
6315 ui_out_text (uiout
, "installed on target\n");
6320 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
6322 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6324 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6326 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6328 else if (b
->addr_string
)
6329 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
6334 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6335 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6338 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
6339 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6341 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
6343 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6344 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
6346 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6347 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6348 locations, if any. */
6349 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6351 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6352 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6353 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6356 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6357 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6359 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6360 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6362 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6365 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6367 struct cleanup
*inner2
=
6368 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, NULL
);
6369 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6370 do_cleanups (inner2
);
6377 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6379 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6380 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6382 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6386 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6387 an address to print. */
6388 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& loc
->watchpoint_type
== -1)
6391 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6392 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6393 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6396 return print_address_bits
;
6399 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6405 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
6407 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
6408 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6409 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6413 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
6415 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6423 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
6424 char **error_message
)
6426 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
6429 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6431 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
6432 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
6438 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6439 internal or momentary. */
6442 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6444 return b
->number
> 0;
6447 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6448 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6449 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6450 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6451 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6452 breakpoints listed. */
6455 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
6456 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6458 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6459 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6460 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6461 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
6462 struct value_print_options opts
;
6463 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6464 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6465 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6467 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6469 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6470 required for address fields. */
6471 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6474 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6475 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6478 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6479 accept. Skip the others. */
6480 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6482 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6484 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6488 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6490 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6492 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6493 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6494 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6496 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6497 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6498 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6500 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6504 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6506 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
6507 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6511 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
6512 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6515 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6516 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6517 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6519 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6520 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6522 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, print_type_col_width
, ui_left
,
6523 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6524 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6526 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6527 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6529 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6530 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6532 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6534 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6535 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
,
6536 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6538 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
,
6539 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6541 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6543 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6544 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
6545 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6546 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6551 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6552 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6555 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6556 accept. Skip the others. */
6558 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6560 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6562 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6565 else /* all others */
6567 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6571 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6573 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6574 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6577 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
6579 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6581 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6585 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6586 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6588 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0,
6589 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6595 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6596 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6599 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6600 there have been breakpoints? */
6601 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6603 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6606 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6607 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6610 default_collect_info (void)
6612 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6614 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6615 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6617 if (!*default_collect
)
6620 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6622 ui_out_text (uiout
, "default collect ");
6623 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "default-collect", default_collect
);
6624 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6628 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6630 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6632 default_collect_info ();
6636 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6638 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6639 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6641 if (num_printed
== 0)
6643 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6644 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6646 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6651 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6653 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6655 default_collect_info ();
6659 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6660 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6661 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6663 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6665 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6667 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6668 && bl
->address
== pc
6669 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6675 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6676 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6680 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6681 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6682 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6685 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6688 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6689 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6693 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6694 else /* if (others == ???) */
6695 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6697 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6700 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6701 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6702 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6703 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6704 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6705 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6706 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6707 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6709 : b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
6713 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6715 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6716 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
6717 printf_filtered (".\n");
6722 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6723 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6724 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6725 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6727 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6728 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6729 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6730 breakpoint at address zero:
6738 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6740 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
6742 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
6745 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6746 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6749 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6750 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6752 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6753 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6755 /* Both of them must exist. */
6756 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
6757 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
6759 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6760 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6761 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6762 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6763 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6764 other watchpoint. */
6766 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
6768 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
6771 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
6773 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
6777 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6778 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6779 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6780 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6781 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6782 become hw_access locations later. */
6783 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
6784 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
6785 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
6786 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6789 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
6790 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
6791 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
6792 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6795 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6796 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
6798 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6799 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6803 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6804 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6805 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6806 space doesn't really matter. */
6809 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6810 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
6813 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6814 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6815 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
6818 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6819 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6820 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6821 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6824 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6825 struct address_space
*aspace
,
6828 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
6831 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
6832 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
6836 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6837 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6838 true, otherwise returns false. */
6841 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6842 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6844 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6845 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6846 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6847 different locations. */
6848 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
6853 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6854 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6855 represent the same location. */
6858 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6859 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6861 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
6863 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6864 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
6865 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
6867 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
6868 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
6870 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
6873 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6874 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6875 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6877 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6878 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
6879 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
6880 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6884 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
6885 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
6887 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6888 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6892 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
6893 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
6895 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6896 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
6898 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
6901 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6902 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6903 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6904 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6907 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6908 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
6910 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
6912 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6915 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
6916 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
6917 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
6918 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
6919 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
6921 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6922 have their addresses modified. */
6927 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
6929 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6930 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6931 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
6933 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6934 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6936 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
6937 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
6939 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
6944 init_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
, const struct bp_location_ops
*ops
,
6945 struct breakpoint
*owner
)
6947 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
6949 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
6954 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
6955 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
6958 switch (owner
->type
)
6964 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6965 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6967 case bp_exception_resume
:
6968 case bp_step_resume
:
6969 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6970 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6972 case bp_std_terminate
:
6973 case bp_shlib_event
:
6974 case bp_thread_event
:
6975 case bp_overlay_event
:
6977 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6978 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6979 case bp_exception_master
:
6980 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6981 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6983 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
6984 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
6986 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6987 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
6988 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
6990 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6991 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6992 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6993 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
6998 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6999 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7000 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
7003 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7009 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7011 static struct bp_location
*
7012 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7014 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
7018 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7020 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
7024 /* Increment reference count. */
7027 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7032 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7033 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7036 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7038 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
7040 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
7041 free_bp_location (*blp
);
7045 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7048 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7050 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7052 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7053 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7055 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7057 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
7066 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7069 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7070 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7072 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7074 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
7076 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7080 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7081 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7082 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7084 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7087 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
7089 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
7090 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
7091 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
7092 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7095 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7096 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7098 static struct breakpoint
*
7099 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7101 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7103 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7105 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7106 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7110 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7111 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7115 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
7117 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7119 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7120 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7121 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7124 const char *function_name
;
7125 CORE_ADDR func_addr
;
7127 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &function_name
,
7128 &func_addr
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
7130 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
7132 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7134 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
7135 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name
,
7136 &loc
->requested_address
))
7138 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7139 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
7140 loc
->requested_address
,
7143 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7144 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7146 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7147 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7148 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7149 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7151 loc
->related_address
= func_addr
;
7156 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7160 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7162 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7165 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7167 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.symtab
->objfile
);
7172 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7173 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7174 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7176 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7177 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7178 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7181 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7182 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7183 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7185 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7187 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7189 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7190 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7192 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7193 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7195 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7196 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7199 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7200 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7201 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7202 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7203 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7204 is also returned as the value of this function.
7206 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7207 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7208 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7209 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7210 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7211 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7212 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7215 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7216 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7217 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7219 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7221 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7222 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7227 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7228 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7230 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7232 struct bp_location
*bl
;
7234 b
->enable_state
= bp_permanent
;
7236 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7237 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7238 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7239 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7240 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7241 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
7245 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7246 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7247 initiated the operation. */
7250 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7252 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7253 int thread
= tp
->num
;
7255 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7256 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7257 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7258 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7259 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7260 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7261 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7262 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7264 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7265 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7267 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7268 after their removal. */
7269 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7270 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
);
7271 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7274 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7277 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7279 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7281 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7283 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7284 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7286 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7287 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7292 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7294 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7296 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7297 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7299 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7300 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7304 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7305 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7306 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7310 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7312 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7315 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7317 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7319 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7320 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
7321 new_b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7323 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7325 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7328 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7329 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7330 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7331 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7337 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7338 THREAD. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7341 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7342 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7346 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (int thread
)
7348 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7350 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7351 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== thread
)
7353 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7355 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7356 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7357 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7358 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7361 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
);
7363 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7365 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7366 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7367 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7369 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7374 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7376 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7379 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7381 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7382 update_global_location_list (1);
7383 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7388 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7390 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7393 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7395 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7396 update_global_location_list (0);
7397 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7401 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7402 master breakpoint. */
7404 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7406 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7408 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7409 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7410 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7412 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7413 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
7417 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7419 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7421 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7423 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7424 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7425 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7429 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7431 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7433 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7434 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7436 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7437 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7439 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
7441 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7447 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7449 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7451 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7452 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
7453 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7454 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7457 struct lang_and_radix
7463 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7466 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7468 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7470 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7471 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7472 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7476 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7479 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7481 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7483 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7484 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7485 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7486 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7490 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7492 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7494 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7495 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7496 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7497 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7501 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7503 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7505 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7506 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7507 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7511 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7512 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7515 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7517 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7519 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7521 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7522 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7524 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7525 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7526 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7527 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7528 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7529 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7530 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7531 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7532 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7533 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7534 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7535 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7538 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7543 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7544 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7545 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7548 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7550 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7551 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7553 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7554 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7555 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7556 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7557 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
7558 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
7561 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7563 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7564 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7566 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7567 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7568 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7569 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7570 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7571 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7572 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7573 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7574 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7576 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7577 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7578 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7579 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7582 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7583 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7585 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7587 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7588 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7589 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7592 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7597 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7598 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7599 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7602 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7604 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7606 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7609 /* If the file is a shared library not loaded by the user then
7610 solib_unloaded was notified and disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
7611 was called. In that case there is no need to take action again. */
7612 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) && !(objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
))
7617 struct bp_location
*loc
;
7618 int bp_modified
= 0;
7620 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
7623 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
7625 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
7627 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7628 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7631 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
7634 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
7637 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7638 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7641 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
7643 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7646 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7653 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7657 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7659 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7660 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7661 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7662 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7663 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7665 struct fork_catchpoint
7667 /* The base class. */
7668 struct breakpoint base
;
7670 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7671 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7672 catchpoint has triggered. */
7673 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
7676 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7680 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7682 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7685 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7689 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7691 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7694 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7698 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7699 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7700 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7702 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7704 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
7707 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7711 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7714 static enum print_stop_action
7715 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
7717 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7718 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7719 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7721 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7722 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7723 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7725 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7726 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7728 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7729 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
7730 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7732 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7733 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (forked process ");
7734 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7735 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
7736 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7739 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7743 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7745 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7746 struct value_print_options opts
;
7747 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7749 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7751 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7752 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7754 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7755 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7757 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
7758 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7760 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
7761 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
7762 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7763 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
7766 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7767 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "fork");
7770 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7774 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7776 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
7779 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7783 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7785 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
7786 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7789 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7791 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
7793 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7797 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7799 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7802 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7806 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7808 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7811 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7815 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7816 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7817 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7819 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7821 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
7824 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7828 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7831 static enum print_stop_action
7832 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
7834 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7835 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7836 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7838 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7839 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7840 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7842 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7843 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7845 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7846 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
7847 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7849 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7850 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (vforked process ");
7851 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7852 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
7853 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7856 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7860 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7862 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7863 struct value_print_options opts
;
7864 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7866 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7867 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7868 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7870 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7871 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7873 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
7874 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7876 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
7877 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
7878 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7879 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
7882 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7883 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "vfork");
7886 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7890 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7892 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
7895 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7899 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7901 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
7902 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7905 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7907 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
7909 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7910 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7911 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7912 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7913 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7915 struct solib_catchpoint
7917 /* The base class. */
7918 struct breakpoint base
;
7920 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7921 unsigned char is_load
;
7923 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7924 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7930 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7932 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7935 regfree (&self
->compiled
);
7936 xfree (self
->regex
);
7938 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
7942 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7948 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7954 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7955 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7957 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7959 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7960 struct breakpoint
*other
;
7962 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
7965 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
7967 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
7969 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
7972 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
7975 if (self
->base
.pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->base
.pspace
)
7978 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
7980 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
7989 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
7991 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
7992 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7997 struct so_list
*iter
;
8000 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
8005 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8014 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
8019 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8025 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
8028 static enum print_stop_action
8029 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
8031 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8032 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8034 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8035 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8036 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8038 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8039 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8040 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
8041 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8042 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8043 print_solib_event (1);
8044 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8048 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
8050 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8051 struct value_print_options opts
;
8052 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8055 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8056 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8057 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8059 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8062 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8069 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8071 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8076 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8078 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8080 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", msg
);
8083 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8084 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type",
8085 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8089 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8091 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8093 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
8094 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8098 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8100 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8102 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
8103 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
8104 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8106 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
8107 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
8110 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
8112 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8113 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8114 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8115 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8116 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8117 created in an enabled state. */
8120 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
8122 struct solib_catchpoint
*c
;
8123 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8124 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8128 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
8130 c
= XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint
);
8131 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, c
);
8137 errcode
= regcomp (&c
->compiled
, arg
, REG_NOSUB
);
8140 char *err
= get_regcomp_error (errcode
, &c
->compiled
);
8142 make_cleanup (xfree
, err
);
8143 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err
, arg
);
8145 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
8148 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
8149 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
8150 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
8152 c
->base
.enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8154 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
8155 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8158 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8162 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
8163 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8166 const int enabled
= 1;
8168 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8170 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
8174 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8175 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8177 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8181 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8182 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8184 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8187 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
8188 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8189 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8190 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8191 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8193 struct syscall_catchpoint
8195 /* The base class. */
8196 struct breakpoint base
;
8198 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
8199 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
8200 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
8201 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
8202 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught
;
8205 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8209 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8211 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8213 VEC_free (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
);
8215 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8218 static const struct inferior_data
*catch_syscall_inferior_data
= NULL
;
8220 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8222 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8223 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8224 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8226 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8227 int any_syscall_count
;
8229 /* Count of each system call. */
8230 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts
;
8232 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8233 if any catching is necessary. */
8234 int total_syscalls_count
;
8237 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*
8238 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior
*inf
)
8240 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
;
8242 inf_data
= inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
8243 if (inf_data
== NULL
)
8245 inf_data
= XCNEW (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
8246 set_inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
, inf_data
);
8253 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior
*inf
, void *arg
)
8259 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8263 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8265 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8266 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8267 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8268 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8270 ++inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8271 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8272 ++inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8278 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8283 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8285 int old_size
= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
8286 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8287 = old_size
* ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8289 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
+ 1);
8290 vec_addr
= ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8291 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
)
8293 memset ((void *) vec_addr
, 0,
8294 (iter
+ 1 - old_size
) * sizeof (int));
8296 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8297 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, ++elem
);
8301 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
),
8302 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8303 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8305 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8307 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8310 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8314 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8316 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8317 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8318 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8319 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8321 --inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8322 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8323 --inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8329 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8333 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8334 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8336 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8337 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, --elem
);
8341 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
),
8342 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8343 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8345 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8347 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8350 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8354 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8355 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8356 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8358 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8359 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8360 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8361 int syscall_number
= 0;
8362 const struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
8363 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8365 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8366 && ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN
)
8369 syscall_number
= ws
->value
.syscall_number
;
8371 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8372 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8377 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8379 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
8388 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8391 static enum print_stop_action
8392 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs
)
8394 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8395 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8396 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8397 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8398 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8399 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8401 struct target_waitstatus last
;
8404 get_last_target_status (&ptid
, &last
);
8406 get_syscall_by_number (last
.value
.syscall_number
, &s
);
8408 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8410 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8411 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8413 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8414 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8416 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8417 async_reason_lookup (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8418 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8419 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN
));
8420 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8422 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8424 if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
)
8425 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (call to syscall ");
8427 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (returned from syscall ");
8429 if (s
.name
== NULL
|| ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8430 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "syscall-number", last
.value
.syscall_number
);
8432 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "syscall-name", s
.name
);
8434 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8436 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8439 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8443 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8444 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8446 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8447 struct value_print_options opts
;
8448 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8450 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8451 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8452 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8454 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8455 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8458 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
8459 && VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8460 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscalls \"");
8462 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscall \"");
8464 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8467 char *text
= xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8470 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8475 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8478 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text
, s
.name
);
8480 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text
, iter
);
8482 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8483 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8487 /* Remove the last comma. */
8488 text
[strlen (text
) - 2] = '\0';
8489 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", text
);
8492 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "<any syscall>");
8493 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8495 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8496 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "syscall");
8499 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8503 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8505 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8507 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8511 if (VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8512 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b
->number
);
8514 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b
->number
);
8517 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8521 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8524 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s
.name
, s
.number
);
8526 printf_filtered (" %d", s
.number
);
8528 printf_filtered (")");
8531 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8535 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8539 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8541 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8543 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch syscall");
8545 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8550 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8555 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8557 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", s
.name
);
8559 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %d", s
.number
);
8562 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8565 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8567 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
8569 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8572 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8574 return (b
->ops
== &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
8577 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8578 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8579 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8580 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8583 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8584 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8586 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8588 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8591 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8593 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8595 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8596 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8600 install_breakpoint (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
, int update_gll
)
8602 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8603 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8604 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8605 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8608 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8611 update_global_location_list (1);
8615 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8616 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
8617 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8619 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint
);
8621 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8623 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8625 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8628 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8630 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8631 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8632 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8633 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8634 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8636 struct exec_catchpoint
8638 /* The base class. */
8639 struct breakpoint base
;
8641 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8642 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8644 char *exec_pathname
;
8647 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8651 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8653 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8655 xfree (c
->exec_pathname
);
8657 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8661 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8663 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8667 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8669 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8673 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8674 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8675 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8677 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8679 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8682 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8686 static enum print_stop_action
8687 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8689 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8690 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8691 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8693 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8694 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8695 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8697 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8698 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8700 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8701 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8702 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8704 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8705 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (exec'd ");
8706 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8707 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8709 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8713 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8715 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8716 struct value_print_options opts
;
8717 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8719 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8721 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8722 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8723 is relatively readable). */
8724 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8725 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8727 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
8728 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8730 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
8731 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8732 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8735 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8736 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "exec");
8740 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8742 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8745 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8749 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8751 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8752 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8755 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8758 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag
, VEC(int) *filter
,
8759 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8761 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
;
8762 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8764 c
= XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint
);
8765 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
, ops
);
8766 c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= filter
;
8768 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8772 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8775 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8776 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8780 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8781 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8783 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8785 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8792 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8796 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8799 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8801 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8804 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8806 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8808 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8814 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8815 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8816 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8817 types _not_ TYPE. */
8820 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8821 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8824 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8826 *other_type_used
= 0;
8831 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8834 if (b
->type
== type
)
8835 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8836 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8837 *other_type_used
= 1;
8844 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8846 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8850 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8852 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8853 update_global_location_list (0);
8859 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8861 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8865 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8867 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8868 update_global_location_list (1);
8874 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8876 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8877 update_global_location_list (0);
8881 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8883 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8884 breakpoint_re_set ();
8888 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8889 at address specified by SAL.
8890 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8893 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8894 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8896 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8898 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8900 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8902 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8903 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8904 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8905 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8907 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8908 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8910 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
8911 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
8913 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8918 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8919 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8922 static struct breakpoint
*
8923 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8925 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8927 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8929 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8930 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8931 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
8933 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8934 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8935 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8936 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8937 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8938 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8939 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8940 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8941 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8942 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8943 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8945 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8946 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8947 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8949 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
8953 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8957 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8959 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8963 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
);
8967 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8970 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8972 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8974 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8975 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8977 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8981 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8984 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8986 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8987 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
8989 printf_filtered ("\n");
8993 static struct bp_location
*
8994 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8995 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8997 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8998 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8999 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9001 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
9002 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
9004 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
9005 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
9006 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
9007 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
9008 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
9009 location that's only been partially initialized. */
9010 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
9013 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
9014 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
9015 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
9016 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
9021 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
9022 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
9023 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
9024 loc
->probe
= sal
->probe
;
9025 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
9026 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
9027 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
9028 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
9029 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
9031 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
9032 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
9037 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
9038 return 0 otherwise. */
9041 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
9045 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
9046 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
9047 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9050 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
9052 addr
= loc
->address
;
9053 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc
->gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
9055 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
9059 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
9061 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
9062 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
9063 breakpoints they are permanent. */
9064 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
9066 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
9067 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
9069 if (target_read_memory (loc
->address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
9070 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
9073 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9078 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9079 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9082 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9084 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
9085 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
9090 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9092 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9094 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
9096 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9098 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
9099 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9101 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
9102 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9103 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
9105 if (!dprintf_function
)
9106 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9108 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
9109 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9114 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9118 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
9120 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9121 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9124 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9125 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9129 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9130 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9132 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
9133 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9135 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
9136 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
9138 printf_cmd_line
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
9139 printf_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
9140 printf_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
9141 printf_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
9142 printf_cmd_line
->next
= NULL
;
9143 printf_cmd_line
->line
= printf_line
;
9145 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, printf_cmd_line
);
9149 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9150 current style settings. */
9153 update_dprintf_commands (char *args
, int from_tty
,
9154 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
9156 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9160 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
9161 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9165 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
9166 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
9167 as condition expression. */
9170 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9171 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
9172 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9174 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9175 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9176 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9177 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9178 int display_canonical
)
9182 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9184 int target_resources_ok
;
9186 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9187 target_resources_ok
=
9188 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9190 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9191 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9192 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9193 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9196 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
9198 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
9200 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
9201 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9205 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9207 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
9209 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
9210 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
9215 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
9219 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9220 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9221 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9222 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9223 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
9225 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9226 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
9228 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
9230 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
9231 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
9233 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
9235 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9236 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9237 char *p
= &addr_string
[3];
9241 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9243 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9245 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9246 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
9248 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9250 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9252 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
9254 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
9255 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
9257 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9259 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9262 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9263 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9270 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
9271 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9275 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
9276 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
9280 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
9282 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
9283 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
9285 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
9288 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9289 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9290 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
9292 if (b
->extra_string
)
9293 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9295 error (_("Format string required"));
9297 else if (b
->extra_string
)
9298 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
9301 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
9303 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
9305 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9308 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
9313 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9314 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
9315 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9317 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9318 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9319 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9320 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9321 int display_canonical
)
9323 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9324 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9326 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
9328 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9330 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9334 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9336 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, b
);
9338 init_breakpoint_sal (b
, gdbarch
,
9340 filter
, cond_string
, extra_string
,
9342 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
9344 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9346 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
9348 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9351 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9352 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9353 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9354 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9355 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9356 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9357 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9358 we take just a single condition string.
9360 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9361 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9362 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9363 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9364 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9367 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9368 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
9369 char *cond_string
, char *extra_string
,
9370 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9371 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9372 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9373 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9376 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9378 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9379 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
) == 1);
9381 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, i
, lsal
); ++i
)
9383 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9384 'break', without arguments. */
9385 char *addr_string
= (canonical
->addr_string
9386 ? xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
)
9388 char *filter_string
= lsal
->canonical
? xstrdup (lsal
->canonical
) : NULL
;
9389 struct cleanup
*inner
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
9391 make_cleanup (xfree
, filter_string
);
9392 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
->sals
,
9395 cond_string
, extra_string
,
9397 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9398 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9399 canonical
->special_display
);
9400 discard_cleanups (inner
);
9404 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9405 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9406 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9407 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9409 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9410 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9413 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
9414 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9416 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9418 if ((*address
) == NULL
9419 || (strncmp ((*address
), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address
)[2])))
9421 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9423 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9425 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9426 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9429 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9430 lsal
.sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
9431 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
9433 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9434 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9435 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9436 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9437 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9438 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
9440 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9442 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9443 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9444 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9445 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9446 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9448 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9450 lsal
.sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
9451 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9452 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9454 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
9457 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9461 struct symtab_and_line cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9463 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9464 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9465 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9466 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9468 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9469 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9470 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9472 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address
)[0]) != NULL
)
9473 && ((*address
)[1] != '['))))
9474 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9475 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9476 get_last_displayed_line (),
9477 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9479 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9480 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9485 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9486 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9489 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9493 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9494 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
9497 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9498 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9499 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9500 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9501 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9505 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9506 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9509 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
9511 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9513 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9515 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9517 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
9519 sarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9520 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9521 associated with SAL. */
9524 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
->pc
,
9526 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
9529 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9530 paddress (sarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
9532 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9536 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9538 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9539 invalid_thread_id_error (int id
)
9541 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id
);
9544 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9545 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9546 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9547 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9548 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9549 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9552 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9553 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9556 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9563 const char *end_tok
;
9565 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9566 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9568 tok
= skip_spaces_const (tok
);
9570 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9572 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9576 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
9578 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9580 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9582 struct expression
*expr
;
9584 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9585 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9588 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9590 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9595 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9597 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9598 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
9599 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread
);
9602 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9607 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9609 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9610 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9611 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9616 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9620 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9624 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9626 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9627 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p
)
9629 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
9630 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9631 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9632 char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9637 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9639 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9641 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9642 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
9644 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
9645 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
9646 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
9648 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
9649 sals
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof *sals
.sals
* sals
.nelts
);
9651 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
9653 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
9655 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
9657 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
9659 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
9660 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
9662 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
9665 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9671 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9672 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9673 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_ARG parameter. If
9674 non-zero, the function will parse ARG, extracting location,
9675 condition, thread and extra string. Otherwise, ARG is just the
9676 breakpoint's location, with condition, thread, and extra string
9677 specified by the COND_STRING, THREAD and EXTRA_STRING parameters.
9678 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be allocated
9679 from the internal breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint
9680 was created; false otherwise. */
9683 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9684 char *arg
, char *cond_string
,
9685 int thread
, char *extra_string
,
9687 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9689 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9690 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9691 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9694 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
9695 char *copy_arg
= NULL
;
9696 char *addr_start
= arg
;
9697 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9698 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9699 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9702 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9704 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9706 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9708 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
9710 ops
->create_sals_from_address (&arg
, &canonical
, type_wanted
,
9711 addr_start
, ©_arg
);
9714 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9718 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
))
9724 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR
:
9726 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9729 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9730 throw_exception (e
);
9732 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9734 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9735 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9736 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9737 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9738 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9741 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9742 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9743 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9744 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9746 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9748 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
9749 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (copy_arg
);
9750 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9751 lsal
.sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
9752 init_sal (&lsal
.sals
.sals
[0]);
9754 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, &lsal
);
9758 throw_exception (e
);
9762 throw_exception (e
);
9765 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9766 old_chain
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9768 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9769 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9770 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9771 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9772 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
9774 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9775 are ok for the target. */
9779 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9781 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9782 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter
->sals
);
9785 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9786 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9789 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9791 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9792 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &iter
->sals
);
9795 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9796 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9803 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9805 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
9807 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9808 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9809 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9810 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9812 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, lsal
->sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
9813 &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9815 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9817 make_cleanup (xfree
, rest
);
9819 extra_string
= rest
;
9824 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), arg
);
9826 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9829 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9830 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9832 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9835 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9836 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9840 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
9841 cond_string
, extra_string
, type_wanted
,
9842 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9843 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9844 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9848 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9850 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
9852 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted
))
9854 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9856 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9860 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9862 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9864 b
->addr_string
= copy_arg
;
9866 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9869 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9872 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9873 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9875 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9877 b
->extra_string
= NULL
;
9878 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9879 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9880 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9881 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9882 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9883 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9884 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9886 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9889 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 1)
9891 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9892 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9893 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9896 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9898 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
9899 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9900 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9902 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9903 update_global_location_list (1);
9908 /* Set a breakpoint.
9909 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9910 condition, and thread.
9911 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9912 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9916 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9918 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9919 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9920 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9922 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
9923 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
9925 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9926 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
) != NULL
)
9927 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9929 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9931 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9933 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9934 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9935 0 /* Ignore count */,
9936 pending_break_support
,
9944 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9947 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9951 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9953 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9954 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9955 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
9958 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9959 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9960 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9961 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9964 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9966 struct blockvector
*bv
;
9970 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
, sal
->symtab
);
9973 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9976 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->objfile
);
9977 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sal
->symtab
->objfile
, sym
);
9981 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9982 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9983 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9984 happen in assembly source). */
9986 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym
;
9987 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
9989 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9991 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9993 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
.objfile
, msym
.minsym
);
9995 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10002 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10004 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10008 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10010 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
10014 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10016 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
10020 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10022 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
10026 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10028 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
10029 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
10030 stop at <line>\n"));
10034 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10038 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
10040 else if (*arg
!= '*')
10042 char *argptr
= arg
;
10045 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
10046 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
10047 function/method name. */
10048 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
10050 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10055 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
10057 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
10061 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
10063 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10067 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10071 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
10075 char *argptr
= arg
;
10078 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
10079 it is probably a line number. */
10080 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
10082 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10087 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
10089 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
10093 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
10095 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10098 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
10099 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
10100 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
10104 dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10106 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10108 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
10110 0 /* Ignore count */,
10111 pending_break_support
,
10112 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
10120 agent_printf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10122 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10125 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10126 ranged breakpoints. */
10129 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10130 struct address_space
*aspace
,
10132 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10134 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10135 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10138 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
10139 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
10142 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10143 ranged breakpoints. */
10146 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10148 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10151 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10152 ranged breakpoints. */
10154 static enum print_stop_action
10155 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
10157 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10158 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10159 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10161 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10163 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10164 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10166 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
10167 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
10168 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
10170 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
10171 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10173 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
10174 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
10175 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
10177 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
10178 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
10180 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
10183 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10184 ranged breakpoints. */
10187 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10188 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
10190 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10191 struct value_print_options opts
;
10192 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10194 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10195 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10197 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
10199 if (opts
.addressprint
)
10200 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10201 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10202 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
10203 annotate_field (5);
10204 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
10208 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10209 ranged breakpoints. */
10212 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10213 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10215 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
10216 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10217 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10218 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10222 address_start
= bl
->address
;
10223 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
10225 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\taddress range: ");
10226 fprintf_unfiltered (stb
, "[%s, %s]",
10227 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
10228 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
10229 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "addr", stb
);
10230 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10232 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10235 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10236 ranged breakpoints. */
10239 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10241 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10242 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10245 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10247 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10250 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10251 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
10252 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
10255 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10256 ranged breakpoints. */
10259 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10261 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s", b
->addr_string
,
10262 b
->addr_string_range_end
);
10263 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10266 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10268 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
10270 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10271 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10272 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10273 last instruction of the given line. */
10276 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
10280 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10281 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10282 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
10289 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
10291 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10293 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10300 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10303 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10305 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
, *addr_string_end
;
10306 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
10307 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
10309 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10310 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
10311 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
10312 struct linespec_sals
*lsal_start
, *lsal_end
;
10314 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10315 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10316 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10318 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10319 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10320 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
10322 if (can_use_bp
< 0)
10323 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10325 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10326 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
10327 error(_("No address range specified."));
10329 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10332 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg
, &canonical_start
);
10334 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10337 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10338 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
))
10339 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10341 lsal_start
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
, 0);
10343 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
) > 1
10344 || lsal_start
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10345 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10347 sal_start
= lsal_start
->sals
.sals
[0];
10348 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10349 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
10351 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
10352 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10354 /* Parse the end location. */
10356 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10359 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10360 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10361 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10362 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10363 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10364 decode_line_full (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
10365 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
10366 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
10368 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10370 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
))
10371 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10373 lsal_end
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
, 0);
10374 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
) > 1
10375 || lsal_end
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10376 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10378 sal_end
= lsal_end
->sals
.sals
[0];
10379 addr_string_end
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10380 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_end
);
10382 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
10383 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
10384 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10386 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10388 /* Length overflowed. */
10389 error (_("Address range too large."));
10390 else if (length
== 1)
10392 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10393 the `hbreak' command. */
10394 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
10396 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10401 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10402 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10403 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10404 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10405 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10406 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10407 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (addr_string_start
);
10408 b
->addr_string_range_end
= xstrdup (addr_string_end
);
10409 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10411 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10414 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
10415 update_global_location_list (1);
10418 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10419 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10420 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10424 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10426 int i
= exp
->nelts
;
10432 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10433 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
10436 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
10446 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
10447 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
10448 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
10449 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
10450 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
10452 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10481 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10484 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10485 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10490 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10491 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10492 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10493 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10494 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10495 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10496 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10498 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10499 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10504 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10506 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10507 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10508 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10509 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10511 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10512 are always constant. */
10514 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10516 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10517 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10518 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10523 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10524 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10525 then it is not a constant. */
10534 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10537 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*self
)
10539 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) self
;
10541 xfree (w
->cond_exp
);
10543 xfree (w
->exp_string
);
10544 xfree (w
->exp_string_reparse
);
10545 value_free (w
->val
);
10547 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
10550 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10553 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10555 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10557 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10558 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10560 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10561 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10562 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10563 are loaded and unloaded.
10565 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10566 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10567 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10568 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10569 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10570 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10572 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10573 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10574 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10575 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10577 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10578 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10580 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10581 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10582 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10585 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10588 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10590 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10591 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10593 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10597 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10600 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10602 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10603 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10605 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10610 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10611 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10612 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10614 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10615 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10617 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10618 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10619 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10620 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10621 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10622 (did not match the data address). */
10623 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10624 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10631 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10633 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10635 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10638 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10639 hardware watchpoints. */
10642 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10644 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10645 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10647 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10650 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10651 hardware watchpoints. */
10654 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10656 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10657 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10660 static enum print_stop_action
10661 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10663 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
10664 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10665 struct ui_file
*stb
;
10666 enum print_stop_action result
;
10667 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10668 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10670 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10672 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10673 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10675 stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10676 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10680 case bp_watchpoint
:
10681 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10682 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10683 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10684 ui_out_field_string
10686 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10688 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10689 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10690 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10691 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10692 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10693 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10694 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10695 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10696 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10697 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10700 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10701 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10702 ui_out_field_string
10704 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10706 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10707 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10708 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10709 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
10710 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10711 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10714 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10715 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10717 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10718 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10719 ui_out_field_string
10721 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10723 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10724 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10725 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10726 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10727 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10732 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10733 ui_out_field_string
10735 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10736 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10737 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10739 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10740 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10741 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10742 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10745 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10748 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10752 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10756 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10758 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10759 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10760 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10764 case bp_watchpoint
:
10765 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
10766 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10768 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10769 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10770 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10772 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10773 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10774 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10776 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10777 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10778 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10781 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10782 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10785 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10786 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10787 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10788 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10791 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10795 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10797 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10801 case bp_watchpoint
:
10802 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10803 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10805 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10806 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10808 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10809 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10812 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10813 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10816 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10817 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10820 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10824 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
10826 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10827 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10828 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10834 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10836 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10838 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10839 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10842 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10844 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10846 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10847 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10850 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10851 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10854 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10856 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10858 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10859 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10862 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10863 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10866 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10868 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10870 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10873 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10874 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10877 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10882 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10883 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10885 static enum print_stop_action
10886 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10888 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10889 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10891 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10892 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10896 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10897 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10898 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10899 ui_out_field_string
10901 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10904 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10905 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10906 ui_out_field_string
10908 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10911 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10912 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10913 ui_out_field_string
10915 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10918 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10919 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10923 ui_out_text (uiout
, _("\n\
10924 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10925 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10926 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10928 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10929 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10932 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10933 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10936 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10937 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10939 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10941 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10942 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10944 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmask ");
10945 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10946 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10949 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10950 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10953 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10955 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10956 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10957 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10961 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10962 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10963 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10965 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10966 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10967 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10969 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10970 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10971 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10974 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10975 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10978 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10979 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10980 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10981 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10984 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10985 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10988 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10990 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10995 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10996 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10998 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10999 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
11001 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11002 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
11005 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11006 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11009 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
11010 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
11011 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
11014 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
11016 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
11018 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
11021 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
11023 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
11026 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
11027 hw_read: watch read,
11028 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
11030 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
11031 int just_location
, int internal
)
11033 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
11034 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11035 struct expression
*exp
;
11036 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11037 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
11038 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11039 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
11040 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
11041 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
11043 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
11044 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
11045 enum bptype bp_type
;
11048 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
11049 the hardware watchpoint. */
11051 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
11052 struct watchpoint
*w
;
11054 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
11056 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
11057 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
11059 const char *value_start
;
11061 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
11063 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
11064 of the arguments string. */
11065 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
11067 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
11068 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11071 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
11072 This is the value of the parameter. */
11073 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11075 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
11077 /* Skip whitespace. */
11078 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11083 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
11084 This is the parameter itself. */
11085 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11088 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
11090 if (toklen
== 6 && !strncmp (tok
, "thread", 6))
11092 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
11093 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
11094 only in a specific thread. */
11098 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
11100 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
11101 thread
= strtol (value_start
, &endp
, 0);
11103 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
11105 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
11106 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start
);
11108 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
11109 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
11110 invalid_thread_id_error (thread
);
11112 else if (toklen
== 4 && !strncmp (tok
, "mask", 4))
11114 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
11115 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11117 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
11120 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11122 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
11124 mark
= value_mark ();
11125 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
11126 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
11127 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11130 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11133 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11134 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11141 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11142 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11144 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11145 expression
= savestring (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
11146 back_to
= make_cleanup (xfree
, expression
);
11147 exp_start
= arg
= expression
;
11148 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
11150 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11151 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11153 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
11156 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11157 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
))
11161 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
11162 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
11164 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
11167 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11168 mark
= value_mark ();
11169 fetch_subexp_value (exp
, &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
, just_location
);
11175 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11176 val
= value_addr (result
);
11177 release_value (val
);
11178 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11182 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
11185 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11186 else if (ret
== -2)
11187 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11190 else if (val
!= NULL
)
11191 release_value (val
);
11193 tok
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
11194 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
11196 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
11197 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
11199 struct expression
*cond
;
11201 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11202 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
11203 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
11205 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11206 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11207 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11213 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11215 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
11217 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11218 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11219 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11220 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11221 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
11223 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
11226 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11227 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
11228 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
11229 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
11231 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11233 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11234 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
11236 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11237 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11239 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11240 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
11241 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11242 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
11243 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11244 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
11245 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
11246 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
11247 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
11251 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11252 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11253 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11254 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11256 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
11257 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
11258 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
11259 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
11261 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
11263 w
= XCNEW (struct watchpoint
);
11266 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11267 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11269 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11270 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11271 b
->thread
= thread
;
11272 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
11273 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
11275 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
11276 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
11279 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
11280 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
11283 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
11284 name
= type_to_string (t
);
11286 w
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
,
11287 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
11290 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11291 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
11293 /* The above expression is in C. */
11294 b
->language
= language_c
;
11297 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
11301 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
11310 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
11312 b
->cond_string
= 0;
11316 w
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
11317 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
11321 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
11322 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
11325 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11327 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11328 need to act on them together. */
11329 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
11330 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
11333 if (!just_location
)
11334 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11336 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
11338 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11339 that should be inserted. */
11340 update_watchpoint (w
, 1);
11344 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11345 throw_exception (e
);
11348 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 1);
11349 do_cleanups (back_to
);
11352 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11353 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11356 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
11358 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
11359 struct value
*head
= v
;
11361 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11362 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
11365 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11366 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11367 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11368 hardware watchpoint.
11370 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11371 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11372 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11373 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11374 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11375 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11376 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11377 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11378 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11380 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11381 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11382 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11383 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11384 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
11386 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
11388 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
11389 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11390 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11391 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11392 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11393 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11397 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11398 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11399 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
11401 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11402 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11403 middle of some value chain. */
11405 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11406 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
11408 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
11412 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
11413 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
11414 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
11416 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
11420 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
11424 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
11425 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
11426 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11427 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
11428 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11431 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11432 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11433 return found_memory_cnt
;
11437 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11439 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11442 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11443 calls watch_command_1. */
11446 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
11448 int just_location
= 0;
11451 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11452 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11454 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11458 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
11462 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11464 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11468 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11470 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11474 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11476 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11480 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11482 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11486 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11488 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11492 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11493 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11495 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11497 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11498 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
11502 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11503 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11504 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11507 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
, int err
)
11509 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
11511 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
11512 if (a
->breakpoint2
)
11513 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
11514 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a
->thread_num
);
11518 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11520 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11521 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11522 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11523 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11524 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11525 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11526 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11527 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
11528 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11530 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11532 clear_proceed_status ();
11534 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11537 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11538 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11539 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11540 get_last_displayed_line ());
11542 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11543 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
11545 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
11546 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11548 sal
= sals
.sals
[0];
11549 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11552 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11554 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11556 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11559 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11561 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11562 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11563 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11566 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11567 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11568 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11569 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11571 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11574 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11576 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11578 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11579 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11580 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11584 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
11586 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11587 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11590 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11594 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11595 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11596 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11597 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11599 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11600 only at the very same frame. */
11601 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11602 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11603 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
11605 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
, 0);
11607 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11608 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11609 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11610 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11612 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
11614 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
11615 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
11617 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
11618 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
11619 args
->thread_num
= thread
;
11621 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11622 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11623 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
11627 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
11630 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11631 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11633 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11634 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11635 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11636 if clause in the arg string. */
11639 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
11643 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11646 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11649 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11650 condition string. */
11651 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11652 cond_string
= *arg
;
11654 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11656 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11658 return cond_string
;
11661 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11662 process start/exit, etc. */
11666 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11667 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11672 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11673 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11675 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11676 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11677 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11680 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11681 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11682 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11686 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11688 /* The allowed syntax is:
11690 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11692 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11693 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11695 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11696 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11698 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11699 and enable reporting of such events. */
11702 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11703 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11704 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11705 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11707 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11708 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11709 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11710 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11713 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11719 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11720 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11722 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
;
11723 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11725 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11727 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11731 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11733 /* The allowed syntax is:
11735 catch exec if <cond>
11737 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11738 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11740 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11741 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11743 c
= XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint
);
11744 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11745 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11746 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11748 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
11752 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11753 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11754 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11756 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11763 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11765 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11767 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11768 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11769 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11770 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11771 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11772 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11773 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11774 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11775 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11776 enough for now, though. */
11779 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11781 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
11782 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11783 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
11784 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11787 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11788 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11790 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg
)
11792 VEC(int) *result
= NULL
;
11793 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result
);
11795 while (*arg
!= '\0')
11797 int i
, syscall_number
;
11799 char cur_name
[128];
11802 /* Skip whitespace. */
11803 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11805 for (i
= 0; i
< 127 && arg
[i
] && !isspace (arg
[i
]); ++i
)
11806 cur_name
[i
] = arg
[i
];
11807 cur_name
[i
] = '\0';
11810 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11811 syscall_number
= (int) strtol (cur_name
, &endptr
, 0);
11812 if (*endptr
== '\0')
11813 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number
, &s
);
11816 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11818 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name
, &s
);
11820 if (s
.number
== UNKNOWN_SYSCALL
)
11821 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11822 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11823 syscall number to be caught. */
11824 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name
);
11827 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11828 VEC_safe_push (int, result
, s
.number
);
11831 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
11835 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11838 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11839 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11844 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11846 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11847 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch
) == 0)
11848 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11849 this architecture yet."));
11851 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11853 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11855 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11856 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11857 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11858 for his/her architecture. */
11859 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s
);
11861 /* The allowed syntax is:
11863 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11865 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11868 filter
= catch_syscall_split_args (arg
);
11872 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag
, filter
,
11873 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
11877 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11879 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11884 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11886 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11889 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11892 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
11894 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= a
;
11895 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
11896 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= b
;
11897 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
11899 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
11901 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
11904 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11908 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11911 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11914 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11916 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
11917 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
11920 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11921 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11923 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11927 sals
= decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11928 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11929 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11930 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11935 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
11936 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
11937 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11938 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11940 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11941 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11942 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11943 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
11944 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
11945 error (_("No source file specified."));
11947 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
11953 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11954 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11955 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11956 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11958 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11959 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11960 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11961 due to optimization, all in one block.
11963 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11964 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11965 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11966 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11967 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11968 to support that. */
11970 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11971 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11972 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11976 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
11977 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
11979 const char *sal_fullname
;
11981 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11982 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11983 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11986 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11991 1 0 <can't happen> */
11993 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
11994 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
11995 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
11997 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11998 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12001 /* Are we going to delete b? */
12002 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
12004 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12005 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12007 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
12008 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
12009 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
12011 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
12012 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
12013 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
12014 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
12015 int line_match
= 0;
12017 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
12018 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
12019 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
12020 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
12021 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
12022 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
12023 sal_fullname
) == 0)
12026 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
12035 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
12039 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
12040 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
12043 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
12045 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
12048 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12049 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12050 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12051 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
12052 compare_breakpoints
);
12053 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
12054 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
12058 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
12063 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
12064 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12067 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
12068 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12070 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12073 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
12076 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
12077 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12080 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12082 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12085 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12086 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12087 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12090 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
12092 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
12094 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12095 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
12096 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
12098 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
12100 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
12102 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
12103 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12107 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12108 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12109 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12110 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
12111 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12112 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12115 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
12117 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
12118 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
12119 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
12120 int a_perm
= a
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
12121 int b_perm
= b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
12123 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
12124 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
12126 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12127 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12130 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
12131 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
12132 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
12134 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12135 if (a_perm
!= b_perm
)
12136 return (a_perm
< b_perm
) - (a_perm
> b_perm
);
12138 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12139 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12140 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12142 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
12143 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
12144 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
12146 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
12149 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12150 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12151 content of the bp_location array. */
12154 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12156 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
12158 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
12159 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
12161 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
12163 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
12165 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
12168 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
12169 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
12171 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
12172 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
12173 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
12174 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
12176 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12178 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
12179 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
12180 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
12181 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
12185 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12188 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12190 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12191 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
12193 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12196 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
12198 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12200 struct bp_location
*bl
;
12201 struct tracepoint
*t
;
12202 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
12204 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
12205 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12206 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
12209 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
12211 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12212 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12213 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12214 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
12217 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
12219 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
12222 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
12224 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12225 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
12226 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
12227 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
12230 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
12233 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12236 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
12238 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
12239 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
12240 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
12241 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
12243 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12244 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
12245 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
12246 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
12247 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
12249 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
12250 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
12251 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
12252 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
12253 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
12254 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
12255 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
12256 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
12259 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12260 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12261 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12265 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12267 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
12268 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12269 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
12272 address
= bl
->address
;
12273 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
12275 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12276 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12277 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12279 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12280 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12283 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12284 the same program space as the location
12285 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12286 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12287 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
12291 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
12292 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
12295 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12296 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12297 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12298 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12299 that have already been marked. */
12300 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
12302 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12304 if (loc
->cond_bytecode
)
12306 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
12307 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
12312 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12313 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12314 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12315 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12316 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12317 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12318 returns true on them.
12320 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12321 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12322 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12323 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12324 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12325 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12328 update_global_location_list (int should_insert
)
12330 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12331 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
12332 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
12333 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12334 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
12335 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12336 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
12338 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12339 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12340 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12341 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12342 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12344 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
12345 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
12346 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
12347 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
12349 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12350 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12351 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
12352 unsigned old_location_count
;
12354 old_location
= bp_location
;
12355 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
12356 bp_location
= NULL
;
12357 bp_location_count
= 0;
12358 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
12360 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12361 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12362 bp_location_count
++;
12364 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
12365 locp
= bp_location
;
12366 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12367 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12369 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
12370 bp_location_compare
);
12372 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12374 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12375 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12376 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12377 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12378 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12381 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12382 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12384 locp
= bp_location
;
12385 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
12388 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
12389 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
12391 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12392 not, we have to free it. */
12393 int found_object
= 0;
12394 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12395 int keep_in_target
= 0;
12398 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12399 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12400 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12401 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
12405 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12406 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12409 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12410 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12411 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12413 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
12414 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
12415 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
12417 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
12418 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
12421 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
12425 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12426 have to go through updates again. */
12427 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
12429 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12431 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
12433 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12434 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12435 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12436 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12437 at certain location is not inserted. */
12439 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
12441 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12444 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
12446 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12447 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12448 keep_in_target
= 1;
12452 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12453 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12454 remove its target-side condition. */
12456 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12457 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12458 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12459 this one from the target. */
12461 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12462 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
12465 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12466 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12469 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
12471 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
12473 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12474 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12475 supported, but the latter are. */
12476 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12478 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
12479 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
12482 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12483 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12485 if (loc2
!= old_loc
12486 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
12488 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
12489 keep_in_target
= 1;
12497 if (!keep_in_target
)
12499 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
12501 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12502 this location on the global list, and try to
12503 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12504 reason why we will succeed next time.
12506 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12507 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12508 only after calling us. */
12509 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12510 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12511 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
12519 if (removed
&& non_stop
12520 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
)
12521 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12523 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12524 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12525 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12526 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12527 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12528 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12529 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12530 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12531 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12532 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12533 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12534 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12535 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12536 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12539 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12540 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12542 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12543 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12544 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12545 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12546 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12547 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12548 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12549 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12550 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12551 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12552 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12553 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12554 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12557 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12558 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12559 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12560 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12562 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12563 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12564 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12565 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12566 traps we can no longer explain. */
12568 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12569 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12571 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12575 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12576 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12581 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12582 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12583 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12584 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12585 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12586 are sorted first for the same address.
12588 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12589 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12591 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12592 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12593 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12594 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12595 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12597 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12599 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12602 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12603 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12604 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12605 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12606 `struct bp_location'. */
12607 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12609 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12610 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12614 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12615 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
12616 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12617 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12618 "actually inserted"));
12620 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12621 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12622 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12623 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12624 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12625 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12627 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12629 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12630 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12631 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12633 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12634 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12636 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12638 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12639 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12640 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12646 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12647 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12648 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12650 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12651 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12653 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12654 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12656 if ((*loc_first_p
)->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& loc
->inserted
12657 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
12658 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12659 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12660 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12663 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12664 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12665 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))))
12668 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12671 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12672 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12673 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12675 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12680 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12682 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12686 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12688 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12691 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12692 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12694 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12695 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
12701 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting
)
12703 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
12705 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12706 update_global_location_list (inserting
);
12709 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12712 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12716 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12717 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12719 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12720 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12721 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12725 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12727 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12729 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
12731 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12735 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12739 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12741 struct value_print_options opts
;
12743 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12745 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12747 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12749 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
12753 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12755 printf_filtered (" at ");
12756 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12759 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12761 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12763 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12764 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12765 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
),
12766 b
->loc
->line_number
);
12768 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12769 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12770 real situation somewhat. */
12771 printf_filtered (": %s.", b
->addr_string
);
12776 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12778 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12780 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12785 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12788 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
12790 xfree (self
->cond
);
12791 if (self
->cond_bytecode
)
12792 free_agent_expr (self
->cond_bytecode
);
12793 xfree (self
->function_name
);
12795 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, self
->target_info
.conditions
);
12796 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, self
->target_info
.tcommands
);
12799 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
12804 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12808 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12810 decref_counted_command_line (&self
->commands
);
12811 xfree (self
->cond_string
);
12812 xfree (self
->extra_string
);
12813 xfree (self
->addr_string
);
12814 xfree (self
->filter
);
12815 xfree (self
->addr_string_range_end
);
12818 static struct bp_location
*
12819 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12821 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12823 loc
= XNEW (struct bp_location
);
12824 init_bp_location (loc
, &bp_location_ops
, self
);
12829 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12831 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12834 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12835 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12838 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12840 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12844 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12846 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12850 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12851 struct address_space
*aspace
,
12853 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12855 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12859 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12864 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12868 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12870 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12873 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12877 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12879 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12882 static enum print_stop_action
12883 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12885 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12889 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12890 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12896 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12898 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12902 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12904 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12908 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
12909 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12910 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12914 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12918 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12919 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12921 char *extra_string
,
12922 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12923 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12925 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12926 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12927 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12928 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12930 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12934 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
12935 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
12937 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12940 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12943 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
12948 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12951 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
12953 /* Nothing to do. */
12956 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
12958 base_breakpoint_dtor
,
12959 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
12960 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
12961 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
12962 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
12963 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
12964 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
12965 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
12966 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
12967 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
12969 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
12970 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
12971 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
12972 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address
,
12973 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12974 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec
,
12975 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
12976 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
12979 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12982 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12984 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12985 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
12987 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12988 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12992 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12996 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12998 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12999 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
13002 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
13007 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13009 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
13010 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13012 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13016 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13017 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13018 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13020 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
13021 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
13024 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
13028 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
13029 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
13030 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
13037 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
13039 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
13044 static enum print_stop_action
13045 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13047 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13048 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
13050 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13052 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
13054 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
13055 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13057 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
13058 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
13059 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
13062 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
13064 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
13066 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
13067 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13069 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
13070 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
13071 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
13073 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
13074 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
13076 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
13080 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13082 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13087 case bp_breakpoint
:
13088 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
13089 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13090 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13092 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13093 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13094 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
13095 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13097 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
13098 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
13101 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
13109 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13111 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13112 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
13113 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
13114 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
13115 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
13116 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13117 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
13118 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
13119 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
13121 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13122 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
13124 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->addr_string
);
13125 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13129 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13130 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13131 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13132 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13134 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13135 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13139 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13140 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13142 char *extra_string
,
13143 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13144 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13146 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13147 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13148 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13149 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13151 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13152 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13154 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13155 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13156 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13160 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13161 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13163 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13166 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13169 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13173 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13174 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13175 case bp_overlay_event
:
13176 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13177 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13178 case bp_exception_master
:
13179 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13182 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13183 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13184 case bp_shlib_event
:
13186 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13187 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13188 case bp_thread_event
:
13194 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13196 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
13198 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13199 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13200 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13201 objects (among other things). */
13202 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13203 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13209 static enum print_stop_action
13210 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13212 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13214 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13218 case bp_shlib_event
:
13219 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13220 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13221 to shlib event" message.) */
13222 print_solib_event (0);
13225 case bp_thread_event
:
13226 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13227 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13228 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13231 case bp_overlay_event
:
13232 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13233 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13236 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13237 /* These should never be enabled. */
13238 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13241 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13242 /* These should never be enabled. */
13243 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13244 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13247 case bp_exception_master
:
13248 /* These should never be enabled. */
13249 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13250 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13254 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
13258 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13260 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13263 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13266 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13268 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13269 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13270 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13271 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13275 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13277 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13280 static enum print_stop_action
13281 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13283 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13285 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13287 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13292 ui_out_field_string
13294 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
13298 ui_out_field_string
13300 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
13305 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
13309 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13311 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13314 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13316 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13317 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13320 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13322 struct thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_id (self
->thread
);
13325 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
13327 momentary_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
13330 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13333 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13335 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
13339 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13341 bl
->probe
->pops
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
, bl
->gdbarch
);
13348 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13350 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13351 bl
->probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
, bl
->gdbarch
);
13353 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
);
13357 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13358 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13359 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13360 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13362 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13364 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (arg
, canonical
);
13366 *copy_arg
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13367 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13369 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13373 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13374 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13376 *sals
= parse_probes (s
, NULL
);
13378 error (_("probe not found"));
13381 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13384 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13386 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13390 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13391 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13392 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13394 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13400 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13401 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13403 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13404 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
13406 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
13408 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmarker id is ");
13409 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13410 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13411 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13416 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13418 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13423 case bp_tracepoint
:
13424 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13425 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13427 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
13428 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13429 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13431 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
13432 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13433 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13436 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13437 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
13444 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13446 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13448 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
13449 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
13450 if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
13451 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
13452 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
13453 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
13455 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13456 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
13458 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->addr_string
);
13459 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
13461 if (tp
->pass_count
)
13462 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
13466 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13467 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13468 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13469 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13471 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13472 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13476 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13477 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13479 char *extra_string
,
13480 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13481 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13483 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13484 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13485 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13486 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13488 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13489 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13491 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13492 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13493 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13497 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13498 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13500 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13503 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13505 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13509 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13510 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13511 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13512 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13514 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13515 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13516 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13520 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13521 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13523 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13524 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b
, s
, sals
);
13527 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
13529 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13532 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13534 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13536 /* This breakpoint could have been pending, and be resolved now, and
13537 if so, we should now have the extra string. If we don't, the
13538 dprintf was malformed when created, but we couldn't tell because
13539 we can't extract the extra string until the location is
13541 if (b
->loc
!= NULL
&& b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
13542 error (_("Format string required"));
13544 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13545 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13546 3 - disconnect from target 1
13547 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13549 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13550 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13551 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13552 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13553 it all the time. */
13554 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13555 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
13558 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13561 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13563 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s%s", tp
->addr_string
,
13565 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13568 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13571 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13572 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13573 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13574 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13575 address are all handled. */
13578 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13580 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13581 struct bpstats tmp_bs
= { NULL
};
13582 struct bpstats
*tmp_bs_p
= &tmp_bs
;
13584 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13585 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13586 condition not be evaluated. */
13589 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13590 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13591 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13592 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13593 commands here throws. */
13594 tmp_bs
.commands
= bs
->commands
;
13595 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
13596 old_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs
.commands
);
13598 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p
);
13600 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13601 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13603 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
13606 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13610 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13611 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13612 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13613 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13615 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13617 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg
);
13619 *copy_arg
= savestring (addr_start
, *arg
- addr_start
);
13621 canonical
->addr_string
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13622 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13623 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13627 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13628 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13630 char *extra_string
,
13631 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13632 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13634 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13635 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13636 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13637 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13640 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
,
13641 canonical
->sals
, 0);
13643 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13644 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13645 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13646 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13647 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13648 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13650 for (i
= 0; i
< lsal
->sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13652 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
13653 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
13654 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13657 expanded
.nelts
= 1;
13658 expanded
.sals
= &lsal
->sals
.sals
[i
];
13660 addr_string
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13661 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
13663 tp
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
13664 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp
->base
, gdbarch
, expanded
,
13666 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13667 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13668 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13669 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13670 canonical
->special_display
);
13671 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13672 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13673 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13674 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13675 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13676 corresponds to this one */
13677 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13679 install_breakpoint (internal
, &tp
->base
, 0);
13681 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
13686 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13687 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13689 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13691 *sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s
);
13692 if (sals
->nelts
> tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13694 sals
->sals
[0] = sals
->sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13698 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13701 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13704 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13706 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13709 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13713 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13715 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13717 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13719 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13720 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13723 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13724 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13725 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13726 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13727 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13730 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13731 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13732 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13733 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13735 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13738 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13739 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13740 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13742 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13743 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13745 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13746 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13747 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13748 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13752 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13754 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13755 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13756 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13757 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13758 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13761 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13762 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13763 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13764 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13766 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
13768 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13769 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13771 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13772 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13774 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13778 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13780 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13781 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13782 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13783 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13784 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13785 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13786 commands won't work. */
13788 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13790 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13791 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13792 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13793 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13794 might be better design to have location completely
13795 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13796 update_global_location_list (0);
13798 bpt
->ops
->dtor (bpt
);
13799 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13800 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13801 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13806 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
13808 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13812 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13814 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
13817 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13818 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13821 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13822 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
13826 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13831 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13833 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13834 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13836 if (next
== related
)
13838 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13839 function (related
, data
);
13841 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13842 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13847 function (related
, data
);
13851 while (related
!= b
);
13855 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13857 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13860 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13861 delete_breakpoint. */
13864 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13866 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13870 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13872 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13878 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13880 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13881 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13882 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13883 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13884 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13886 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13890 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13892 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13894 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13895 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13896 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13900 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13904 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13906 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13907 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
13908 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13913 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13914 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13915 Null names are ignored. */
13918 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13920 struct bp_location
*l
;
13921 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
13922 (int (*) (const void *,
13923 const void *)) streq
,
13924 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
13926 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13929 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13931 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13935 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
13937 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13941 htab_delete (htab
);
13947 htab_delete (htab
);
13951 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13952 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13953 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13954 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13955 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13956 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13957 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13958 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13961 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13962 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13963 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13964 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13965 in the sources, and output a warning.
13967 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13968 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13969 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13970 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13971 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13974 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13975 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13976 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13977 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13978 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13979 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13980 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13981 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13982 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13984 static struct symtab_and_line
13985 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
13987 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13988 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
13993 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
13995 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
13997 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
13998 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
14000 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
14002 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14003 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
14004 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
14009 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
14011 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
14013 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
14014 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
14016 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
14019 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14021 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
14023 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
14024 struct symbol
*sym
;
14025 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
14026 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
14028 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
14030 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14031 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
14033 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
14034 "found at previous line number"),
14035 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14039 sal2
.pc
= tpmarker
->address
;
14041 sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
14042 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
14043 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Now in ");
14046 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
14047 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
14048 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
14050 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
14051 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
14052 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
14054 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
14056 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
14058 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
14061 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", sal2
.line
);
14062 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
14064 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
14065 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
14067 xfree (b
->addr_string
);
14068 b
->addr_string
= xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
14069 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
),
14070 b
->loc
->line_number
);
14072 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
14075 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
14081 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
14082 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
14085 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
14089 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
14092 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
14095 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
14102 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
14108 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
14109 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
14110 a ranged breakpoint. */
14113 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14114 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
14115 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
14118 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
14120 if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 0 && (sals
.nelts
!= 1 || sals_end
.nelts
!= 1))
14122 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14124 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14125 update_global_location_list (1);
14126 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14127 "multiple locations found\n"),
14132 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14133 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14134 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14135 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14136 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14137 individual locations. */
14138 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
14143 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14145 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
14147 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
14149 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
14151 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14153 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
14156 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14158 s
= b
->cond_string
;
14159 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14161 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sals
.sals
[i
].pc
,
14162 block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
14167 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14168 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14169 b
->number
, e
.message
);
14170 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
14174 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
14176 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
14178 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
14182 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
14183 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
14184 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
14186 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14189 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
14190 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14191 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14192 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14193 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14194 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14195 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
14197 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
14199 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
14201 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
14202 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
14204 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14205 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
14213 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14214 if (l
->function_name
14215 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
14225 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
14226 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14228 update_global_location_list (1);
14231 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14232 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14234 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14235 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *addr_string
, int *found
)
14238 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
14239 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14241 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
14244 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14246 b
->ops
->decode_linespec (b
, &s
, &sals
);
14250 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
14251 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14252 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14253 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14254 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14255 state, then user already saw the message about that
14256 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14258 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14259 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
14260 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
14261 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14262 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
14263 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
14265 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
14267 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14268 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14269 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14270 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14271 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14272 which approach is better. */
14273 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14274 throw_exception (e
);
14278 if (e
.reason
== 0 || e
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
14282 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14283 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
14284 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
14286 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
14289 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
14290 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
14293 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
14294 b
->thread
= thread
;
14297 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
14298 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
14301 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
14302 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
14312 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14313 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14317 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14320 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
14321 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
14322 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
14324 sals
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string
, &found
);
14327 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
14331 if (b
->addr_string_range_end
)
14333 sals_end
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string_range_end
, &found
);
14336 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
14337 expanded_end
= sals_end
;
14341 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
14344 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14345 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14348 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg
,
14349 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14350 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14351 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
14353 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg
, canonical
);
14356 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14357 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14361 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14362 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14364 char *extra_string
,
14365 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14366 enum bpdisp disposition
,
14368 int task
, int ignore_count
,
14369 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
14370 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
14371 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14373 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
, cond_string
,
14375 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14376 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
14377 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
14380 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14381 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14384 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
14385 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
14387 struct linespec_result canonical
;
14389 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14390 decode_line_full (s
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
14391 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
14392 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
14395 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14396 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) < 2);
14398 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 0)
14400 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
14402 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
14403 *sals
= lsal
->sals
;
14404 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14406 lsal
->sals
.sals
= NULL
;
14409 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14412 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14414 static struct cleanup
*
14415 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14417 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14419 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
14420 cleanups
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
14421 if (b
->pspace
!= NULL
)
14422 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
14423 set_language (b
->language
);
14428 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14429 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14430 Unused in this case. */
14433 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
14435 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14436 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
14437 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14439 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
14440 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
14441 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14445 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14447 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14449 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14450 enum language save_language
;
14451 int save_input_radix
;
14452 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
14454 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
14455 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
14456 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
14458 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14460 /* Format possible error msg. */
14461 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14463 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
14464 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
14465 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14467 set_language (save_language
);
14468 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
14470 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14472 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
14474 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14475 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14476 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14477 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14480 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14482 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14483 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14485 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14487 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14489 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
14490 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
14492 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14493 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14494 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14496 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
14500 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14501 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14502 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14505 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14507 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14512 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14513 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
14515 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
14517 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
14518 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14523 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
14527 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14528 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14530 else if (count
== 1)
14531 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14534 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14535 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14538 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14542 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
14545 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14548 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14554 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14556 num
= get_number (&p
);
14558 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14560 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14562 set_ignore_count (num
,
14563 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14566 printf_filtered ("\n");
14569 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14570 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14573 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14578 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14580 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
14583 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14585 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
14587 while (!state
.finished
)
14589 char *p
= state
.string
;
14593 num
= get_number_or_range (&state
);
14596 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
14600 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14601 if (b
->number
== num
)
14604 function (b
, data
);
14608 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
14613 static struct bp_location
*
14614 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
14616 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
14620 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14621 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14626 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14628 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14630 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14631 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14636 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14637 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14640 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14642 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
14646 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
14649 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
14655 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14656 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14657 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14660 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14662 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14663 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14664 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14665 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14668 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14669 if (bpt
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
14672 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14674 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14675 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14677 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14678 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14680 struct bp_location
*location
;
14682 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14683 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14686 update_global_location_list (0);
14688 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14691 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14694 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14696 disable_breakpoint (b
);
14699 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14700 disable_breakpoint. */
14703 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14705 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14709 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14713 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14715 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14716 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14717 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14721 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14725 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
14727 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
14734 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14736 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14737 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14738 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14739 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14741 update_global_location_list (0);
14744 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14745 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14751 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14754 int target_resources_ok
;
14756 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14759 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14760 target_resources_ok
=
14761 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14763 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14764 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14765 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14766 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14769 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14771 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14772 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= 0;
14773 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14775 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
14777 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14779 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14780 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14781 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14785 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14786 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14792 if (bpt
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
14793 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14795 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14797 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14798 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14800 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14801 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14803 struct bp_location
*location
;
14805 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14806 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14809 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14810 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14811 update_global_location_list (1);
14813 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14818 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14820 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14824 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14826 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14829 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14830 enable_breakpoint. */
14833 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14835 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14838 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14839 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14840 in stopping the inferior. */
14843 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14847 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14849 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14850 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14851 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14855 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14859 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
14861 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
14868 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14870 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14871 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14872 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14873 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
14875 update_global_location_list (1);
14878 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14879 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14884 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14894 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14896 struct disp_data disp_data
= *(struct disp_data
*) arg
;
14898 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_data
.disp
, disp_data
.count
);
14902 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14904 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, 1 };
14906 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14910 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14912 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14916 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *countptr
)
14918 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, *(int *) countptr
};
14920 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14924 enable_count_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14926 int count
= get_number (&args
);
14928 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint
, &count
);
14932 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14934 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_del
, 1 };
14936 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14940 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14942 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14946 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14951 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14955 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14956 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14960 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
14961 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
14962 const bfd_byte
*data
)
14964 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14966 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14967 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
14968 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
14970 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
14972 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
14974 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14976 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14977 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14978 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
14979 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
14981 value_free (wp
->val
);
14989 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
14990 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
14991 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
14992 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
14996 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14997 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
14999 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
;
15001 bp_tgt
= XCNEW (struct bp_target_info
);
15003 bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
= aspace
;
15004 bp_tgt
->placed_address
= pc
;
15006 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
) != 0)
15008 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
15016 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
15017 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
15020 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, void *bp
)
15022 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= bp
;
15025 ret
= target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
15031 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
15034 static void *single_step_breakpoints
[2];
15035 static struct gdbarch
*single_step_gdbarch
[2];
15037 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
15040 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
15041 struct address_space
*aspace
,
15046 if (single_step_breakpoints
[0] == NULL
)
15048 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[0];
15049 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = gdbarch
;
15053 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[1] == NULL
);
15054 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[1];
15055 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = gdbarch
;
15058 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
15059 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
15060 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
15061 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
15062 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
15063 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
15065 *bpt_p
= deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, next_pc
);
15066 if (*bpt_p
== NULL
)
15067 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
15068 paddress (gdbarch
, next_pc
));
15071 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
15072 were inserted or not. */
15075 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
15077 return (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
15078 || single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
);
15081 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
15084 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15086 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
);
15088 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
15090 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[0],
15091 single_step_breakpoints
[0]);
15092 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = NULL
;
15093 single_step_breakpoints
[0] = NULL
;
15095 if (single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
)
15097 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[1],
15098 single_step_breakpoints
[1]);
15099 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = NULL
;
15100 single_step_breakpoints
[1] = NULL
;
15104 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
15105 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
15106 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
15110 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15114 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
15115 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
15117 xfree (single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
15118 single_step_breakpoints
[i
] = NULL
;
15119 single_step_gdbarch
[i
] = NULL
;
15123 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
15127 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15131 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
15132 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
15133 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[i
],
15134 single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
15137 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15141 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
15146 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
15148 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
15150 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
,
15151 bp_tgt
->placed_address
,
15159 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
15160 non-zero otherwise. */
15162 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*bp
)
15164 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp
)
15165 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
15166 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_call_disabled
)
15173 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
15175 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
15176 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
15178 return inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0;
15182 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number
)
15184 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
15186 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
15187 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp
))
15189 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bp
;
15191 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
15195 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
15197 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
15207 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
15208 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
15209 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
15210 const char *text
, const char *word
)
15212 const char **list
= get_syscall_names ();
15213 VEC (char_ptr
) *retlist
15214 = (list
== NULL
) ? NULL
: complete_on_enum (list
, word
, word
);
15220 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15222 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15224 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
15226 tracepoint_count
= num
;
15227 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
15231 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15233 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15234 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
15236 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
))
15237 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15239 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15241 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15243 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15245 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15246 0 /* Ignore count */,
15247 pending_break_support
,
15251 0 /* internal */, 0);
15255 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15257 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15259 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15261 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15262 0 /* Ignore count */,
15263 pending_break_support
,
15264 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15267 0 /* internal */, 0);
15270 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15273 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15275 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15277 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15278 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15279 if (arg
&& strncmp (arg
, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg
[2]))
15280 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15282 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15284 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15286 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15288 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15289 0 /* Ignore count */,
15290 pending_break_support
,
15294 0 /* internal */, 0);
15297 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15298 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15300 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
15301 static int next_cmd
;
15304 read_uploaded_action (void)
15308 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
15315 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15316 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15317 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15318 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15319 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15321 struct tracepoint
*
15322 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
15324 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
15325 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
15327 if (utp
->at_string
)
15328 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
15331 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15332 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15333 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15335 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15336 "source location, using raw address"),
15338 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
15339 addr_str
= small_buf
;
15342 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15343 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
15344 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15345 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15348 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15350 utp
->cond_string
, -1, NULL
,
15351 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15353 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
15354 0 /* Ignore count */,
15355 pending_break_support
,
15356 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15358 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
15360 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
15363 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15364 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
15365 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
15369 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
15372 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
15375 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15376 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15377 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15379 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
15381 struct command_line
*cmd_list
;
15386 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
15388 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp
->base
, cmd_list
);
15390 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
15391 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
15392 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15393 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15396 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15397 tp
->base
.hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
15398 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
15403 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15407 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15409 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
15412 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
15414 if (num_printed
== 0)
15416 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
15417 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15419 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
15422 default_collect_info ();
15425 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15426 Not supported by all targets. */
15428 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15430 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15433 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15434 Not supported by all targets. */
15436 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15438 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15441 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15443 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15445 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15451 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
15453 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15454 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15455 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15457 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15458 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15460 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
15464 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15466 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15468 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15469 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15470 delete_breakpoint (b
);
15474 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15477 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15480 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
15482 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
15483 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp
->base
);
15485 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15486 tp
->base
.number
, count
);
15489 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15491 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15492 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15493 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15496 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15498 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
15499 unsigned int count
;
15501 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
15502 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15503 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15505 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15507 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
15508 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
15510 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15512 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15514 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15516 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15518 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15519 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15522 else if (*args
== '\0')
15524 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
, 1);
15526 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15530 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
15532 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
15533 while (!state
.finished
)
15535 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &state
, 1);
15537 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15542 struct tracepoint
*
15543 get_tracepoint (int num
)
15545 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15547 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15548 if (t
->number
== num
)
15549 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15554 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15555 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15558 struct tracepoint
*
15559 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
15561 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15563 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15565 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15567 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
15574 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15575 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15576 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
15577 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15578 struct tracepoint
*
15579 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
15580 struct get_number_or_range_state
*state
,
15583 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15585 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15589 gdb_assert (!state
->finished
);
15590 tpnum
= get_number_or_range (state
);
15592 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
15595 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
15597 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
15600 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15604 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15605 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15608 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
15609 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
15613 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15614 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15616 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15619 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15624 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15626 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15627 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15630 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15632 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15635 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15636 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15637 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15641 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15642 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15644 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15646 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
15647 struct ui_file
*fp
;
15648 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15650 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15651 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15653 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15654 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15656 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15657 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15660 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15661 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15666 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15668 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15670 /* We can stop searching. */
15677 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15681 filename
= tilde_expand (filename
);
15682 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, filename
);
15683 fp
= gdb_fopen (filename
, "w");
15685 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15686 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
15687 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp
);
15689 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15690 save_trace_state_variables (fp
);
15692 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15694 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15695 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15698 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15699 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15702 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, fp
);
15704 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15705 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15708 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15709 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15711 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15712 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15714 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
15716 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
15718 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " commands\n");
15720 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, fp
);
15721 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15723 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
15725 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
15728 throw_exception (ex
);
15730 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " end\n");
15733 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15734 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable\n");
15736 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15737 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15738 special, and not user visible. */
15739 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15741 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15744 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15746 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15750 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15751 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15754 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
15755 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15758 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15761 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15763 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15766 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15769 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15771 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15774 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15776 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
15777 all_tracepoints (void)
15779 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
15780 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15782 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15784 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
15791 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15792 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15793 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15795 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15796 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15797 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15798 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15799 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15800 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15801 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15802 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15803 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15804 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15805 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15807 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15808 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15810 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15811 conditions are different.\n\
15813 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15815 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15816 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15818 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15819 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15822 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
15823 void (*sfunc
) (char *args
, int from_tty
,
15824 struct cmd_list_element
*command
),
15825 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15826 void *user_data_catch
,
15827 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15829 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15831 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15833 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15834 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15835 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15837 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15839 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15840 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15841 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15845 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior
*inf
)
15847 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
15848 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
15850 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
= 0;
15851 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
= 0;
15852 VEC_free (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
15856 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15858 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15859 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15860 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout
);
15863 struct breakpoint
*
15864 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15867 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15869 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15871 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15878 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15879 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15882 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15884 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15885 non-inline function. */
15886 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15892 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15893 have been inlined. */
15896 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15897 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15899 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15900 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15902 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15904 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15907 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15909 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15910 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15918 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15921 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
15923 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
15925 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
15926 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& loc
->symtab
->objfile
== objfile
)
15927 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
15931 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15933 static int initialized
= 0;
15935 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15941 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15942 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15943 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15944 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15945 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15946 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15947 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15948 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15949 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15950 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_create_sals_from_address
;
15951 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15952 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_decode_linespec
;
15954 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15955 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15956 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15957 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15958 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15959 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15960 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15961 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15963 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15964 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15965 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15966 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15967 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15968 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15969 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15970 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15971 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15972 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15974 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15975 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15976 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15977 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15978 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15979 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15980 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15982 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15983 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15984 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15985 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15986 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15987 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15988 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15990 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15991 ops
= &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
15992 *ops
= momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15993 ops
->dtor
= longjmp_bkpt_dtor
;
15995 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15996 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15997 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15998 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15999 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
16000 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
16001 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_probe_decode_linespec
;
16004 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16005 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16006 ops
->dtor
= dtor_watchpoint
;
16007 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
16008 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
16009 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
16010 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
16011 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
16012 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
16013 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
16014 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
16015 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
16016 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
16017 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
16019 /* Masked watchpoints. */
16020 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16021 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16022 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
16023 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
16024 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
16025 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
16026 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
16027 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
16028 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
16029 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
16032 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16033 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16034 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
16035 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
16036 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
16037 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
16038 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
16039 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_address
;
16040 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
16041 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_decode_linespec
;
16043 /* Probe tracepoints. */
16044 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
16045 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16046 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
16047 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec
;
16049 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
16050 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
16051 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16052 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_address
;
16053 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
16054 ops
->decode_linespec
= strace_marker_decode_linespec
;
16056 /* Fork catchpoints. */
16057 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
16058 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16059 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
16060 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
16061 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
16062 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
16063 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
16064 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
16065 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
16067 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
16068 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
16069 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16070 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
16071 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
16072 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
16073 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
16074 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
16075 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
16076 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
16078 /* Exec catchpoints. */
16079 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
16080 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16081 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_exec
;
16082 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
16083 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
16084 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
16085 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
16086 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
16087 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
16088 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
16090 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
16091 ops
= &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
16092 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16093 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_syscall
;
16094 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_syscall
;
16095 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_syscall
;
16096 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall
;
16097 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_syscall
;
16098 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_syscall
;
16099 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_syscall
;
16100 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_syscall
;
16102 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
16103 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
16104 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16105 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_solib
;
16106 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
16107 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
16108 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
16109 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
16110 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
16111 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
16112 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
16113 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
16115 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
16116 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16117 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
16118 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
16119 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
16120 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
16121 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
16122 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
16125 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16127 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
16130 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16132 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
16134 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16136 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
16137 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
);
16138 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts
);
16139 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
16141 breakpoint_objfile_key
16142 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_probes
);
16144 catch_syscall_inferior_data
16145 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL
,
16146 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup
);
16148 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
16149 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16150 before a breakpoint is set. */
16151 breakpoint_count
= 0;
16153 tracepoint_count
= 0;
16155 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
16156 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16157 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16159 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16161 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
16162 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16163 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16164 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16165 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16166 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16167 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16168 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16170 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
16171 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16172 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16173 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16174 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
16176 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
16177 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16178 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16179 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16180 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16182 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16183 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16185 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
16186 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16187 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16188 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16190 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16191 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16193 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
16194 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16195 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16196 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16198 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16199 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16201 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16202 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16203 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16204 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16205 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16206 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16207 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16209 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16210 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16211 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16212 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16213 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16214 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16216 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16218 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16219 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16220 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16221 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16222 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16223 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
16225 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16226 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16227 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16230 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16231 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16232 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16235 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16236 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16237 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16238 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16241 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16242 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16243 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16246 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16247 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16248 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16251 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16252 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16253 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16254 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16257 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16258 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16259 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16260 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16261 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16262 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16263 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16264 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16266 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16267 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16268 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16269 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16270 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16272 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
16273 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16274 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16275 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16276 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16277 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16280 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16281 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16282 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16283 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16285 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16286 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16287 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16288 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16289 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16291 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16292 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16293 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16294 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16296 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
16297 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16298 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16299 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16300 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16303 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
16304 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16305 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16306 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16307 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16308 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16310 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16311 is executing in.\n\
16313 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16314 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16316 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
16317 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16318 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16319 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16321 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
16322 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
16323 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
16324 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
16327 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16331 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
16332 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16333 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16334 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
16335 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
16336 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
16337 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
16338 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16339 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16340 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16341 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16342 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16343 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16344 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16345 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16346 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16348 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16349 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16350 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16351 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16352 breakpoint set."));
16355 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
16356 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16357 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16358 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16359 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16360 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16361 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16362 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16363 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16365 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16366 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16367 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16368 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16369 breakpoint set."));
16371 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16374 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16375 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16376 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16377 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16378 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16379 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16380 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16381 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16382 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16384 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16385 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16386 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16387 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16388 breakpoint set."));
16390 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
16391 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16392 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16393 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16394 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16395 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16396 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16397 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16398 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16399 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16400 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16401 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16402 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16404 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16405 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16406 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16407 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16409 &maintenanceinfolist
);
16411 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
16412 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16413 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
16414 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16416 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
16417 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16418 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
16419 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16421 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16422 catch_fork_command_1
,
16424 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
16425 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
16426 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16427 catch_fork_command_1
,
16429 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
16430 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
16431 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16432 catch_exec_command_1
,
16436 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16437 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16438 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16439 catch_load_command_1
,
16443 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16444 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16445 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16446 catch_unload_command_1
,
16450 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16451 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16452 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16453 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16454 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16455 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16456 catch_syscall_command_1
,
16457 catch_syscall_completer
,
16461 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
16462 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16463 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16464 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16465 an expression changes.\n\
16466 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16467 the memory to which it refers."));
16468 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16470 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
16471 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16472 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16473 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16474 an expression is read.\n\
16475 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16476 the memory to which it refers."));
16477 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16479 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
16480 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16481 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16482 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16483 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16484 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16485 the memory to which it refers."));
16486 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16488 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
16489 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16491 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16492 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16493 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
16494 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
16495 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16496 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16497 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16498 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16499 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16502 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
16503 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16505 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
16507 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16509 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
16510 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16512 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16513 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16514 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16516 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
16517 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16518 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16519 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16521 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
16522 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16524 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16525 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16526 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16528 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
16529 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16531 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16532 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16533 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16534 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16535 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16536 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16537 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16538 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16539 the selected stack frame.\n\
16540 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16541 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16542 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16543 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16545 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16547 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16548 conditions are different.\n\
16550 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16551 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16552 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16554 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
16555 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16556 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16557 last tracepoint set."));
16559 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16561 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
16562 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16563 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16564 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16566 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
16568 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
16569 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16570 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16571 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16573 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
16575 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
16576 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16577 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16578 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16580 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
16582 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
16583 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16584 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16585 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16586 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16588 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
16589 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16590 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
16591 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16593 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16594 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16595 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16596 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16597 session to restore them."),
16599 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16601 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16602 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16603 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16605 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16607 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
16608 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
16610 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16611 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16612 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16613 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16614 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
16615 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
16616 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16617 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16618 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16619 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16620 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
16621 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
16623 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
16624 &pending_break_support
, _("\
16625 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16626 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16627 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16628 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16629 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16630 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16632 show_pending_break_support
,
16633 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16634 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16636 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
16638 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
16639 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
16640 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16641 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16642 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16643 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16644 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16646 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
16647 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16648 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16650 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
16651 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
16652 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16653 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16654 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16655 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16656 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16657 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16658 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16659 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16660 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16661 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16663 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
16664 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16665 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16667 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
16668 condition_evaluation_enums
,
16669 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
16670 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16671 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16672 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16673 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16674 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16675 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16676 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16677 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16678 be set to \"gdb\""),
16679 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16680 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16681 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16682 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16684 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16685 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16686 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16687 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16688 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16689 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16690 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16691 or the start of the range\n\
16692 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16693 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16694 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16696 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16697 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16698 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16700 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16701 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16702 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16703 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16704 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16705 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function."));
16706 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16708 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16709 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16710 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16711 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16712 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16713 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16714 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16715 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16716 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16717 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16718 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16719 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16721 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16722 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16723 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16724 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16725 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16726 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16727 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16729 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16730 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16731 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16732 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16733 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16734 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16735 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16737 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16738 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16739 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16740 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16741 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16742 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16745 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16747 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16748 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16749 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16751 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16753 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);
16754 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints
);